Industrial Skills

Industrial Skills
Online Training
100 Safety, Health, and Plant Science
200 Mechanical Maintenance
300 Electrical Distribution
400 Electrical Maintenance
500 Power Generating Systems and Operations
600 Instrumentation and Control
700 Process Systems and Operations
800 Industrial Machining and Welding
> NERC CEH Courses
Martech Media, An HSI Company

9595 Six Pines Drive, Suite 6305, The Woodlands, TX 77380
281.465.0625 contactus@martechmedia.com
martechmedia.com
hsi.com
MARTECH —
A Leader in Technical E-Learning
100
Martech offers highly animated and interactive technical e-learning which takes your team through Safety, Health, and
the theoretical portion of their professional development before they experience hands-on training in a Plant Science
learning laboratory or on the job site. 200

Mechanical
The animation and graphic illustrations within our training enables us to display processes and Maintenance
complex internal components of equipment at a level of detail that would be impossible in a standard 300
textbook or traditional lecture format. Training designed for minimal seat time and minimal staff Electrical
oversight, Martech e-learning will make your staff leaner and more productive, offering you the Distribution
greatest gains in efficiency and competency at the lowest possible cost. 400
Electrical
Students will learn at a distance and at their own pace – and because all students receive the same Maintenance
information throughout the life of the program, training remains consistent over time. 500
Power Generating
With state-of-the-art technology, 3D animation, and a media library exceeding 300,000 images and Systems and
videos, we’ll engage and motivate your team as they learn and embrace your processes, procedures, Operations
and policies. 600

Martech E-Learning... we provide over 750 hours of customizable industrial training:
Instrumentation
and Control
• Safety, Health, and Plant Science • Electrical Maintenance 700

• Mechanical Maintenance • Electrical Generation Operations Process Systems
and Operations
• Instrumentation and Control • Process Systems and Refining Operations
800
• Machining and Welding • NERC Regulatory Training Industrial Machining
and Welding
COURSE LISTING
BY TITLE
NERC ONLINE COURSES
Martech Training Services and NERC ID 4625, transitioning to HSI_SOS_001, is recognized by the
North American Electric Reliability Corporation as a continuing education provider who adheres to
NERC Continuing Education Program Criteria.
2 HSI | Martech Training Services and SOS

Online Courses | Industrial Skills
100 300 561 Unit Start-up and Shutdown........................ 68

Electrical Transmission and 563 Efficiency, Reliability, and
Safety, Health, and Plant Science......... 4
101 Personal Protective Equipment (PPE).......... 4
Distribution.................................. 34 565
Environmentally Sensitive Operations........ 69
Plant Control System.................................. 71 100
102 Worksite Safety............................................. 5 301 Distribution Systems................................... 34 567 Heat Rate Optimization............................... 72 Safety, Health, and
103 First Aid......................................................... 6 345 Introduction to NERC.................................. 36 581 Diesel Power Plant Operations................... 73 Plant Science
104 Fire Prevention............................................. 7 350 System Protection....................................... 36 582 Combined Cycle Power Plant Operations.. 74
105 Lockout/Tagout............................................. 8
106 Confined Space Safety................................. 8
375 Resource and Demand Balancing.............. 38
376 Communications......................................... 39
583
584
Hydroelectric Power Plant Operations........ 75
Biomass Energy.......................................... 76 200
107 Electrical Safety............................................ 8 377 Critical Infrastructure Protection................. 39 585 Wind Energy............................................... 77 Mechanical
378 Emergency Operations Planning................ 40 586 Reciprocating Engine Power Plants........... 77 Maintenance
108 Materials Handling........................................ 9
381 Interconnection Reliability Operations and 587 Nuclear Energy........................................... 80
109 Rigging Safety.............................................. 9
300
Coordination............................................... 41 589 Solar Energy............................................... 79
110 Scaffolding Safety......................................... 9 386 Transmission Operations............................ 41
111 Aerial Devices Safety.................................... 9 387 System Operations..................................... 41 600 Electrical
112 Crane Operations Safety.............................. 9 388 Active and Reactive Power......................... 42 Instrumentation and Control............. 80
113 Forklift Safety.............................................. 10 Distribution
400 603 Process Control Variables.......................... 80
400
114 Fall Protection............................................. 10
Electrical Maintenance.................... 43 605 Test Equipment........................................... 82
115 Excavation and Trenching.......................... 10
607 Analyzers.................................................... 83
116 Compressed Gas Cylinder Safety.............. 10 401 Direct Current (DC)..................................... 43 609 Calibration and Troubleshooting................. 84 Electrical
117 Hazardous Materials Safety........................ 10 402 Alternating Current (AC)............................. 44 611 Prints and Drawings.................................... 84 Maintenance
118 HAZWOPER............................................... 12 405 Power Quality............................................. 45 613 Automated Control...................................... 85
500
119 Hazard Communications............................ 13 409 Industrial Motors......................................... 45 615 Signal Transmission and Conversion......... 85
122 Transportation............................................. 14 411 Motor Control and Protection...................... 47 617 Controllers and Final Control...................... 86
130 Behavior Based Safety Training................. 14 413 AC Drives.................................................... 47 619 Electronics Fundamentals.......................... 87 Power Generating
131 Ergonomics................................................. 15 415 Transformers.............................................. 47 621 Programmable Logic Controllers................ 87 Systems and
140 Qualified Electrical Worker......................... 15 416 Batteries, Battery Chargers, and UPS........ 48 670 Principles of HVAC and Refrigeration......... 88
417 Switchgear Maintenance............................ 49 Operations
150 Environmental Awareness.......................... 16
700
600
160 Construction Safety.................................... 17 418 Electrical Protection and Grounding........... 50
170 Industrial Mathematics................................ 18 419 Motor Operated Valves............................... 50 Process Systems and Operations...... 90
421 Wiring Installation....................................... 51
171 Industrial Sciences...................................... 18
423 Cable Splicing............................................. 52
701 Petroleum Refining..................................... 90 Instrumentation
180 Human Performance................................... 19 707 Process Heaters......................................... 91 and Control
425 Troubleshooting Electrical Circuits............. 52
709 Process Tanks............................................ 91
200 427 Freeze Protection....................................... 52
Mechanical Maintenance................. 20 500
711
713
Distillation................................................... 91
Process Separators.................................... 91 700
201 Introduction to Industrial Maintenance Power Generating Systems and 715 Process Reactors....................................... 91 Process Systems
Operations................................... 53 717 Reforming and Synthesis............................ 92 and Operations
and the Tools of the Trade.......................... 20 719 Process Safety Systems............................. 92
800
202 Belt Drive Maintenance............................... 21 501 Power Generation....................................... 53 721 Process Utilities Systems........................... 92
203 Bearing Maintenance.................................. 22 505 Turbine Auxiliaries System and Control...... 54 723 Process Product Movement and Storage... 92
205 Gear Maintenance...................................... 23 507 Generator and Auxiliary Systems and 725 Process Sampling and Testing................... 92 Industrial Machining
207 Lubrication of Rotating Machinery.............. 23 Control........................................................ 55
and Welding
208 Piping and Tubing....................................... 24 511 Combustion Turbine Fundamentals............ 56 800
209 Shaft Alignment........................................... 24 521 Combustion Air and Flue Gas System....... 57 Industrial Machining and Welding...... 94
211 Chain Drive Maintenance........................... 25 522 Coal Handling System................................ 58 COURSE LISTING
213 Lubrication.................................................. 25 523 Boiler Fuel Systems.................................... 58 801 Precision Measurement.............................. 94
803 Layout and Bench Work............................. 95 BY TITLE
215 Valve Selection and Maintenance............... 26 531 Hydrocarbon Fired Boilers.......................... 59
533 Boiler Firing Controls and Components...... 60 805 Vertical Milling Machine.............................. 95
219 Centrifugal Pumps...................................... 28
535 Fundamental Aspects of Emission 807 Engine Lathe............................................... 96 NERC ONLINE COURSES
223 Heat Exchangers........................................ 28
Controls...................................................... 61 809 Surface Grinder.......................................... 96
225 Compressors.............................................. 29 811 Pedestal Grinder......................................... 96
551 Circulating Water System........................... 62
229 Fasteners and Seals................................... 30 553 Condensate and Feedwater Systems......... 63 813 Bandsaw..................................................... 96
231 Positive Displacement Pumps.................... 30 555 Boiler Feed Pumps..................................... 64 815 Drill Press................................................... 96
243 Hydraulics................................................... 31 557 Boiler Water and Steam Systems............... 64 820 Rigging, Lifting, and Elevated Work
271 Vibration...................................................... 31 559 Water Treatment......................................... 65 Surfaces...................................................... 98
273 Boiler Repair............................................... 32 560 Plant Electrical Systems............................. 67 841 Welding and Cutting for Maintenance......... 99

101 Personal Protective
Equipment (PPE)
100 101-01 Personal Protective
Equipment 100
Personal protective programs protect employees Safety, Health, and
by ensuring personal protective equipment Plant Science
(PPE) is provided and used, whenever needed
200
Safety, Health, and
due to hazards from processes or the work
environment. These programs ensure equipment
is maintained in a sanitary and reliable condition. Mechanical
This lesson presents the responsibilities Maintenance
Plant Science
of managers, supervisors, and workers,
assessment of hazards, selection and use of
PPE, and training.
300
Electrical
This lesson satisfies the required annual refresher Distribution
training for OSHA standard 29 CFR 1910 132 (f) (1)
400
through (3).
• Identify the responsibilities of the safety
and health manager, supervisors, and Electrical
employee regarding the use of PPE Maintenance
500
• Identify the components of a training
program for PPE use
• Distinguish the equipment types necessary Power Generating
to protect employees when working in Systems and
conditions affecting workers’ health and
safety Operations
600
• Describe the hierarchy of controls as it
relates to PPE
Instrumentation
101-02 Hearing and Noise Safety and Control
When you complete this lesson, you will be
able to identify conditions that lead to hearing
damage or loss and use both engineering
700
Process Systems
controls and PPE to prevent such damage.
and Operations
The 101 PPE lessons satisfy the training
requirements and annual refresher requirements
for OSHA standard 29 CFR 800
1910 section 95 (i) (4); (k) and (l). Industrial Machining
• Identify employee responsibilities for and Welding
wearing hearing protective devices
• Discuss the identification of hazardous COURSE LISTING
noise areas BY TITLE
• Discuss workplace noise control methods
that include engineering controls and PPE NERC ONLINE COURSES
• Describe the proper use and maintenance
of hearing protective devices

101-03 Respiratory 101-71 Introduction to • Describe safety concerns pertaining to the
use of ladders
Protective Program Industrial Hygiene
• Adhere to safety measures for the use,
This lesson trains students to identify respiratory When you complete this lesson, you will be inspection, and maintenance of ladders
hazards and use personal respiratory equipment able to discuss and apply principles of industrial
to prevent injury or illness caused by poor hygiene towards a safer working environment. 102-03 Portable Power
breathing conditions in the workplace. • Identify types of health hazards in the
workplace
and Hand Tool Safety 100
The 101 PPE lessons satisfy the training This lesson trains you to identify hazards Safety, Health, and
requirements for OSHA 29 CFR 1910 section • Identify types of chemical hazards in the Plant Science
134 (k) (1) through (6). associated with the use of hand and power tools.
work place You will be able to prevent accident and injury
• Define key terms used in the
implementation of the respiratory
• Identify types of biological hazards in the
work place
in the workplace by adhering to safety practices
and requirements.
200
protection program Mechanical
• Identify types of physical hazards in the This lesson satisfies the training requirements for
• Distinguish the responsibilities of the safety work place Maintenance
OSHA regulation 29 CFR 1910 (Subpart P) section
and health manager from those of the
300
• Identify types of ergonomic hazards in the 241 through 244.
area supervisors and employees when
implementing the respiratory protection work place • Identify general tool safety
program procedures Electrical
• Identify the need for respiratory protective • Identify hazards Distribution
102 Worksite Safety
400
equipment associated with power
• Describe the personal medical tools
considerations and evaluation 102-01 Slip, Trip, and Fall Prevention • Identify different types Electrical
procedures for a of portable power tools Maintenance
respiratory protection This lesson focuses on safe practices for
preventing slips, trips, and falls in the workplace. • Explain safety tips that
500
program should be utilized when
This lesson satisfies the training requirements for using hand and power tools
101-70 OSHA instructions 29 CFR 1926.21(a) and (b). and • Describe general safety practices Power Generating
Introduction 29 CFR 1926.20.(b)(1),(2) and (4);(f)(2). to use when setting up a work area, Systems and
to OSHA • Identify the dual causes of slips, trips, and selecting PPE, and using tools at the work Operations
falls site
600
OSHA plays an
important role in ensuring employee health and • Describe common hazards in the • Identify hazards and precautions taken
workplace contributing to injury and death when using electric powered tools,
safety. This lesson provides a general overview Instrumentation
from slips trips, and falls pneumatic powered tools, and fuel
of basic topics related to OSHA, how it operates, powered tools. and Control
and how it focuses on maintaining employee • Recall safety measures to prevent slips,
700
trips, and falls • Identify hazards and precautions taken
health and safety as they perform their daily
when using hand tools and portable power
work. • Identify employer requirements for
tools
Information provided does not determine
ensuring slip, trip, and fall prevention Process Systems
compliance responsibilities under OSHA • Determine the responsibilities of 102-04 Machine Hazards and Safety and Operations
standards or the Occupational Safety and employees in ensuring slip, trip, and fall
Health Act of 1970 (OSH Act).
• Understand why OSHA is important to
prevention When you complete this lesson, you will be
able to identify common workplace hazards 800
102-02 Ladder Safety associated with operating machinery. The lesson Industrial Machining
employees and Welding
also discusses how to apply safeguards to
• Describe rights employees have under When you complete this lesson, you will
prevent injury and death in the workplace.
OSHA be able to identify the specifications
• List some of the employer’s responsibilities regarding several different types of This lesson satisfies the training requirements COURSE LISTING
ladders and adhere to standard safety for OSHA regulations 29 CFR 1910.212, 29 CFR BY TITLE
under OSHA 1910.213, 29 CFR 1910.215, 29 CFR 1910.217 and
• Outline what applicable OSHA standards
precautions for the use, maintenance,
29 CFR 1910.219.
say and storage of ladders. NERC ONLINE COURSES
• Identify common hazards associated with
• Describe how OSHA inspections are This lesson satisfies the training
operating machinery
conducted requirements for OSHA standard
29 CFR 1926.1060 (a) (1) (i) through • Describe safeguards applied in the
• Identify where employees can go for help (v) and (b). workplace to prevent accidents while
with occupational safety concerns operating machines
• Identify a variety of ladders
and their specifications

• Describe training requirements of a requirements for many stationary power tools • Explain the general guidelines when
machine safety program found in the workplace. using a centrifuge, microwave oven, and
• Apply controls to the environment of autoclave
This lesson satisfies the training requirements for
machine operations to prevent injury and OSHA regulations 29 CFR 1910 (Subpart O) section • Describe how to appropriately dispose of
death 211 through 219. laboratory waste
100
• Properly use PPE and machine guards to • Recall work area safety standards and
increase worker safety 102-09 Operator Fatigue
practices regarding stationary power tools
• Identify safety requirements for operating This lesson will help you define and recognize Safety, Health, and
102-05 Machine Guarding symptoms of operator fatigue. You will also be Plant Science
the following stationary power tools:
This lesson focuses on how to adhere to able to recall the causes of operator fatigue,
200
– Table saw
machine guard safety requirements by understand how to identify operator fatigue
– Radial arm saw
describing the characteristics of a machine in yourself and others, and identify ways to
guard and explaining its function. – Band saw manage it. Mechanical
– Jigsaw Maintenance
This lesson satisfies the training requirements for • Define operator fatigue
300
OSHA standards 29 CFR 1910.212, 213, 215, 217, – Wheel grinder
• Define circadian rhythm
and 219. – Drill press
• Recognize the symptoms of operator
• Identify the responsibilities of management, – Lathe fatigue Electrical
supervisors, and operators in maintaining – Bending machine or brake
• Recall the causes of operator fatigue
Distribution
machine guard safety
400
– Metal shears
• Identify ways to manage operator fatigue
• Describe the characteristics and functions – Welding machine
of machine guards
– Milling machine 102-10 Hazard Identification Electrical
• Identify the hazards associated with
operating machines and explain the
and Assessment Maintenance
500
importance of machine guards After this lesson, you will be able to recall
recommended practices for company-wide
102-06 Accident Causes, safety and health programs regarding hazard Power Generating
Prevention, and Investigation identification and assessment. Systems and
This lesson highlights how to recognize factors • Know the steps for identifying and Operations
that cause accidents and methods to prevent assessing hazards
accidents. In addition, you will understand the
process of investigating an accident.
\ • Identify what existing items can be
collected to understand workplace hazards
600
Instrumentation
• Explain the difference between an accident • Describe how to inspect a workplace for and Control
and near miss safety hazards
102-08 Laboratory Health and Safety
• Define an unsafe act and an unsafe
condition When you complete this lesson, you will
• Describe how to identify workplace health
hazards 700
understand how to safely work in a laboratory. • Explain the importance of incident Process Systems
• Identify factors that can lead to an unsafe
act or condition You will also be able to describe the proper investigation and Operations
disposal of laboratory waste.
800
• Discuss methods used to prevent an • Identify emergency and non-routine
accident This lesson satisfies the training requirements for situations
• Explain the importance of a Job Hazard OSHA regulation(s) 29 CFR 1910.1450. • Explain how to characterize, prioritize, and Industrial Machining
Analysis (JHA) • Identify the four categories of hazard identify controls for hazards and Welding
• Describe the purpose of an accident identification signage
investigation • Discuss common laboratory safe work
• Identify the basic components of an practices 103 First Aid COURSE LISTING
BY TITLE
investigation report • Describe the appropriate PPE required
when working in a laboratory 103-01 First Aid NERC ONLINE COURSES
102-07 Stationary Power Tool Safety • Explain the proper usage of electrical and This lesson describes common
When you complete this lesson, you will be able heating devices in a laboratory
injuries that require first aid treatment
to recall how to safely operate several common • Identify the appropriate procedures and how to provide aid for such injuries. You
stationary power tools by identifying general when cryogenic liquids, laser-containing will identify major emergencies requiring the
work area safety requirements and tool-specific equipment, and ultraviolet radiation are
services of emergency personnel and provide
present in a laboratory
initial treatment for such injuries. When providing

aid, you will adhere to the universal precautions 103-03 First Aid Resuscitation: 1910.39(a) through (d) and CFR 1910.38 (a)
taken to prevent the transmission of bloodborne through (f).
Choking, CPR, and AED
pathogens and prevent infections. • Describe the fire tetrahedron and its role in
This lesson focuses on how to assist victims fire prevention and extinguishing
This lesson satisfies the training requirements for
using appropriate first aid techniques including
OSHA standard 29 CFR 1910.151 (a) (b). • Recall fire prevention strategies
the Heimlich Maneuver, CPR, and the use of an
• Describe and apply minor first aid
treatments
AED (Automated External Defibrillator). Note:
this lesson follows American Heart Association
• Identify the four classes of fires
• Recall fire extinguisher installation and
100
• Describe emergency medical treatment maintenance standards in the workplace Safety, Health, and
recommendations and guidelines. Please verify
with your training coordinator this lesson fulfills • Describe the components of the fire
Plant Science
• Describe actions taken during a medical
200
emergency to include: the necessary training requirements for your protection training program
– Bleeding industry and position.
– Physical shock • Describe the steps to perform the Heimlich Mechanical
– Choking Maneuver Maintenance
300
– Burns • List the actions in the Cardiac Chain of
– Heat exhaustion
Survival
– Poisoning • Explain the steps to administer Hands-Only Electrical
CPR (cardiopulmonary resuscitation) Distribution
• Define bloodborne pathogens (BBP) and
provide examples • Describe the steps to administer
• Identify the transmission of HBV and HIV
conventional CPR
• Describe the steps followed when using an
400
• Identify and apply universal precautions Electrical
to prevent transmission of bloodborne
AED 104-02 Fire Extinguisher Safety
Maintenance
pathogens 103-04 Temperature Related Understanding proper fire extinguisher safety
• Identify personal protective measures to
prevent BBP infections
Stress and Illnesses is important. After completing this lesson, you
will be able to identify the four fuel sources and 500
After completing this lesson, you will be the appropriate extinguisher to use to put out a Power Generating
able to recognize the causes and effects of small fire and apply the safest procedures for Systems and
temperature-related stress. You will also be able extinguishing a fire in the workplace. You will Operations
to identify illnesses associated with temperature- also be familiar with the maintenance, inspection
related stress.
• Discuss the causes of heat and cold
and documentation requirements for maintaining
fire extinguishers.
600
Instrumentation
related stress This lesson satisfies the training requirements and Control
• Identify the factors for heat and cold for OSHA (Occupational Safety and Health
700
related stress Administration) standard 29 CFR 1910.155 (c) 41,
• Describe the major forms of heat and cold 29 CFR 1910.157 (g) (1) through (4) and references
103-02 Bloodborne Pathogens illnesses NFPA (National Fire Protection Association) 10(13). Process Systems
When you complete this lesson, you will be • Discuss how to treat workers who are • Describe the principles of fire extinguisher and Operations
able to identify the diseases commonly caused suffering from specific heat and cold operation
by contact with bloodborne pathogens. You
will also be able to identify safety measures
illnesses
• Explain how to prevent heat and cold
• Classify fuels to determine the proper fire
extinguisher to use in case of fire
800
Industrial Machining
and strategies to protect you from exposure to illnesses • Recall the safest method of extinguishing a
and Welding
bloodborne pathogens. fire in the workplace
This lesson satisfies the initial and annual training • Identify what actions constitute an
requirements for OSHA standard 29 CFR 1910. 104 Fire Prevention inspection COURSE LISTING
1030 (g)(2);(h)(2) and (3). • List corrective actions for rechargeable and BY TITLE
• Define bloodborne pathogens and identify 104-01 Fire Prevention and non-rechargeable fire extinguishers
potentially infectious materials • Describe the record-keeping requirements NERC ONLINE COURSES
Protection Program for different inspections and maintenance
• List diseases commonly caused by
bloodborne pathogens When you complete this lesson, you will be able activities
to plan, practice, and apply the standards of the
• Discuss safety measures and strategies to 104-03 Combustible Dusts
reduce exposure to bloodborne pathogens fire protection program in the workplace.
• Identify the elements included in an This lesson satisfies the required initial and This lesson identifies common combustible dusts
exposure control plan annual refresher training for OSHA standard CFR and their associated workplace hazards. You

will also understand basic control measures to spaces. You will be able to describe steps taken • Identify the qualifying factors of permit-
reduce production of combustible dusts. to safely enter and work within a confined space. required confined spaces
• Discuss hazards associated with This lesson satisfies the training requirements • Describe the dangers associated with a
combustible dusts for OSHA standard 29 CFR 1910.146 (g) and (k) (i) confined space
• Identify the 5 components of the “dust through (iv). • Detail the roles of the confined space
100
explosion pentagon” • Define and describe a confined space attendant and authorized entrant
• Explain where dust occurs in the workplace • Explain the difference between permit and • Identify required entry permit information
non-permit required confined spaces • Recall requirements of atmospheric testing Safety, Health, and
• Describe general housekeeping steps that
reduce dust production • Describe the dangers associated with a in a confined space Plant Science
200
• Discuss use of environmental controls confined space • Describe hot work procedures in a
• Detail the roles of the confined space confined space
• List commonly found combustible dusts
attendant and authorized entrant • Recall critical aspects of confined space Mechanical
• List the general entry requirements for a rescue procedures Maintenance
105 Lockout/Tagout confined space
• Describe atmospheric testing in a confined
space 107 Electrical Safety 300
Electrical
• Describe hot work procedures in a
confined space Distribution
• Discuss the critical aspects of confined
space rescue procedures 400
Electrical
106-02 Confined Spaces: Maintenance
Entry Supervisor Duties
105-01 Lockout/Tagout
Safety Program This lesson describes the role the entry 107-01 Electrical Safety 500
supervisor plays in overseeing work and This lesson describes the flow of electrical Power Generating
When you complete this lesson, you will be ensuring the safety of workers in confined current, explains common hazards of electricity, Systems and
able to explain the necessity of a lockout/tagout spaces. and practices safety procedures to prevent Operations
program and adhere to the procedures and injury, damage, and death caused by electrical
This lesson complies with OSHA Regulation
600
practices of lockout/tagout safety. 29 CFR 1910.146. hazards.
This lesson satisfies the training requirements • Discuss the OSHA definition of an entry This lesson satisfies the training requirements for
for OSHA standard 29 CFR 1910.147. Instrumentation
supervisor OSHA standard 29 CFR 1910.137.
• Explain the components of a lockout and and Control
• List the duties of an entry supervisor • Describe the flow of electrical current using
700
tagout program the terms amp and volt
• Identify the general entry requirements for
• Identify lockout and tagout terminology a confined space • Identify electrical hazards
• Recall the training requirements of a • Explain the steps to reclassify a permit Process Systems
• Minimize electrical hazards
lockout and tagout safety program required confined space and Operations
• Follow safe practices regarding work with
• Identify the sequence of actions required
800
• Identify contractor requirements for or near electrical sources and circuits
by the lockout program working in confined spaces • Apply safety procedures to portable
• Explain procedures for returning equipment • Discuss confined space rescue procedures electrical equipment Industrial Machining
or machines to service and preparations • Adhere to safe practices regarding the and Welding
• Recall communication requirements to • Describe confined space training handling and use of electrical plugs and
ensure the safe lockout and tagout of requirements cords
equipment and machines COURSE LISTING
106-80 Confined Spaces: Entrant 107-02 Energized Electrical BY TITLE
and Attendant Duties (CAD) Equipment Safety
106 Confined Space Safety NERC ONLINE COURSES
After completing lesson, you will understand the After finishing this lesson, you will recognize the
role of the authorized attendant, as well as the industrial workplace safety authority and be able
106-01 Confined Spaces: entrant working in confined spaces. You will also to describe safe workplace practices.
Entrant and Attendant Duties be able to describe steps taken to safely enter This lesson satisfies the training requirements
This lesson focuses on the role of the authorized and work within a confined space. for OSHA regulation(s) 29 CFR 1910 Subpart S and
attendant and the entrant working in confined • Define a confined space NFPA 70E.

• Describe safe practices set by the • Apply safety precautions when handling assemble, maintain, and operate scaffold
industrial workplace safety authority for materials with or near powered industrial systems
work on electrical equipment trucks • Identify the specifications of required
• Identify the PPE needed to perform safe • Minimize risks and maximize efficiency scaffold assembly, maintenance, and
work on energized electrical circuits or when storing materials operation
equipment
100
• Distinguish among various scaffold
• Describe each of the following electrical systems
hazards of working with energized 109 Rigging Safety • Adhere to safe operating procedures Safety, Health, and
equipment: electrical shock, arc flash, and regarding scaffold systems
fire hazards Plant Science
200
• Identify the purpose and content of hazard
labels 111 Aerial Devices Safety
• Describe how to conduct hazard analysis Mechanical
• Explain the use of PPE Maintenance
111-01 Scissor Lift
107-03 Arc Flash Hazard Basics Operations and Safety
300
When you complete this lesson, you will be able 109-01 Rigging Safety When you have finished this Electrical
to define terminology applicable to arc flash, lesson, you will be able to Distribution
After completing this lesson, you will have a explain the importance of
navigate the guidance of the NFPA 70E, and
400
clear understanding of the factors you need to operating a scissor lift
mitigate unsafe conditions potentially resulting in consider with every lift that uses rigging.
an arc flash. according to the step-by-step
This lesson satisfies the training requirements procedures listed in most Electrical
• Define the term Arc Flash Hazard as listed for OSHA regulations 29 CFR 1926.753 and operating manuals. You will Maintenance
in the National Fire Protection Agency 29 CFR 1926.251. also be able to explain the safety
500
(NFPA) code 70E
• List qualifications exhibited by competent measures to be followed in detail and the
• Identify the basic concepts of arc flash personnel importance of thorough pre-operation
occurrences
inspections. Power Generating
• Describe the safe operation of lifting
• Identify and define common terms platforms Systems and
associated with arc flash occurrences This lesson satisfies the training requirements
for OSHA section 29 CFR 1926 (Subpart L)
Operations
• Explain how pre-planning can facilitate
• Describe the formation of an arc
600
efficient crane operations and eliminate section 453 including appendices and the
• Identify the personnel risks associated with major hazards American National Standard Institute (ANSI)
an arc flash ANSI/SIA/ A92.6-2006.
• Identify the hazards associated with Instrumentation
• Describe the purpose and performance of working near power lines • State the importance of following all and Control
an Arc Flash Hazard Analysis • Describe the risk of overloading safety rules
• Identify procedures associated with arc
flash effect mitigation
• Discuss two-blocking and identify steps
that can be taken to prevent it
• Identify steps in the pre-operation
inspection of the scissor lift 700
• Recall the importance of good Process Systems
• Summarize the standard and critical and Operations
precautions taken when working with maintenance practices
108 Materials Handling
800
rigging • Identify a number of the function tests
to be performed on the scissor lift
108-01 Materials Handling • Explain the importance of a workplace Industrial Machining
and Storing Safety 110 Scaffolding Safety inspection and Welding
• Describe the operating instructions of
This lesson explains how to minimize the risks of a scissor lift
injury and illness by safely handling and storing 110-01 Scaffolding Safety COURSE LISTING
materials in the workplace. After this lesson, you will be able to distinguish BY TITLE
This lesson satisfies the training requirements the responsibilities of those employees who work 112 Crane Operations Safety
for OSHA regulation 29 CFR 1910.178 - .180, on or near scaffolding to assemble, maintain, NERC ONLINE COURSES
Subpart N. and operate all scaffolding systems and adhere
to safety requirements. 112-01 Crane and Hoist Safety
• Describe methods of materials handling in
the workplace This lesson satisfies the training requirements This lesson describes rules and responsibilities
• Apply safe lifting techniques for OSHA regulation 29 CFR 1926.454. for the safe operation of cranes, hoists, and
riggings. It also explains how to perform hand
• Safely use non-powered trucks to handle • Distinguish among the responsibilities
materials of supervisors and employees to safely

signals as well as perform a safety checklist to • Identify examples of situations requiring fall
operate cranes and hoists. protection
This lesson satisfies the required training for • Identify fall protection systems used in the
OSHA standard 29 CFR 1910 179 (n)(3)(ix) and workplace
(o)(3). • Describe facts related to personal fall
•
•
Identify operator responsibilities
Recall general safety rules
arrest systems
• Describe facts related to safety net
100
systems Safety, Health, and
• Describe operation rules Plant Science
• Describe facts related to warning line
• Recall rigging safety requirements
200
systems
• Identify relevant hand signals • Identify employee training requirements
• Describe a crane and hoist safety checklist Mechanical
114-81 Fall Protection (CAD) 116 Compressed Gas Maintenance
After this lesson, you will be able to recall best Cylinder Safety
113 Forklift Safety practices for avoiding falls and injury from falling 300
and falling objects in the workplace by adhering 116-01 Compressed Gas Electrical
113-01 Forklifts and to safety precautions and utilizing appropriate Cylinder Safety Distribution
Powered Industrial safety equipment.
400
When you complete this lesson, you will be able
Trucks Safety • Identify examples of situations requiring fall to safely handle, store, and use gas cylinders.
protection
After this lesson, you will be This lesson satisfies the training requirements Electrical
• Identify fall protection systems used in the
able to adhere to the safe workplace for OSHA regulations 29 CFR 1910.253, 29 CFR Maintenance
practices and procedures for 1926.350(d) and 29 CFR 1910.101.
500
minimizing the hazards of • Describe characteristics of personal fall
arrest systems • Identify and minimize hazards when
operating forklifts and other handling and storing gas cylinders
powered industrial trucks in • Describe characteristics Power Generating
of safety net systems • Describe the safety requirements of using
the workplace. Systems and
pressure regulators and needle valves
This lesson satisfies the initial and refresher
• Describe characteristics Operations
of warning line • Safely test cylinders and connections for
600
training requirements for OSHA standard 29 CFR leaks
systems
1910.178 (i)(1) through (7).
• Recall employee • Apply safe gas cylinder handling and use
• Explain employee certification training topics procedures to portable gas units. Instrumentation
requirements • Meet the requirements prescribed in the and Control
• Describe supervisor responsibilities gas cylinder inspection checklist
• Identify operator training requirements 115 Excavation and Trenching 700
• Describe the components of a lift truck Process Systems
117 Hazardous Materials Safety
• Recall safe operating procedures 115-01 Excavation and and Operations
• Describe proper load handling Trenching Safety
This lesson identifies the safe procedures
117-01 Hazardous Materials Safety 800
minimizing the hazards of working in or near This lesson identifies hazardous materials Industrial Machining
114 Fall Protection excavation and trenching sites and adhere to common to the industrial and commercial and Welding
safe practices applying to the heavy equipment workplaces and appropriately respond to spills,
114-01 Fall Protection used in excavation. leaks, or other types of contamination within
the workplace to protect personnel and the COURSE LISTING
When you complete this lesson, you will be able • Recall procedures for safe excavation and environment from the hazards presented by BY TITLE
to avoid falls and injury from falling objects in the trenching
such materials.
workplace by adhering to safety precautions and • Recall safe practices and procedures for NERC ONLINE COURSES
trenching and excavation equipment This lesson satisfies the training requirements
utilizing safety equipment. for OSHA standard 29 CFR 1910.1200 (h) (1)
This lesson satisfies the training requirements for • Identify types of tools and equipment used through (3).
OSHA standard 29 CFR 1910 Subpart R (1910.66 for excavation and trenching
(i) (1).
• Identify and describe the three main types
• Identify items on a safety checklist for of chemical hazards and their associated
• Identify types of fall hazards associated excavations and trenches classes and categories
with workplace environments

• Adhere to procedures to be followed in the • Discuss the effect of the delay between 117-07 Radiation Awareness
event of a spill exposure and the onset of symptoms
This lesson provides a basic
• Adhere to procedures for cleanup of • Identify permissible exposure limits (PEL)
hazardous materials for asbestos and silica overview of radiation. In addition,
you will be able to describe
• Identify and report abnormal physical • Discuss the use of proper PPE used to
associated health risks commonly
100
reactions to a chemical or substance in the reduce exposures
workplace associated with radiation and
• Identify activities that commonly involve the identify methods to protect yourself
potential for asbestos and silica exposure
and others from exposure. Safety, Health, and
117-02 Acid and Caustic Awareness • List other measures that can be Plant Science
After finishing this lesson, you will understand implemented to reduce exposures • Discuss the basic relationship between
200
elements, atoms, and particles
how substances are ranked on the pH scale.
You will also be able to describe general safety 117-04 Ammonia Awareness • Describe the difference between ionizing
precautions and emergency actions employed and nonionizing radiation Mechanical
After this lesson, you will be able to recognize Maintenance
when working with acids and caustics. • Explain some basic radiation protection
the health risks associated with working around concepts
• Describe the nature of an acid
• Describe the nature of a caustic
ammonia. You will also be able to identify steps
to protect yourself during general maintenance • Identify the risks of exposure to radiation
and radioactive materials
300
or emergency activities. Electrical
• List some examples of common acids and • Discuss some of the ways radiation
caustics • Describe the properties of ammonia Distribution
monitoring is conducted
400
• Identify what the pH rating of a chemical • Identify OSHA permissible exposure limits • Identity safety practices and actions that
indicates • Discuss health effects related to ammonia can protect you from exposure to radiation
• Discuss the process of neutralization exposure Electrical
• Describe the steps for using an emergency • Identify PPE appropriate for working 117-08 Hazardous Gases – Maintenance
eyewash station around ammonia Methane, Carbon Monoxide,
• Discuss initial steps in the selection of PPE
117-05 Hydrogen Sulfide Awareness
and Carbon Dioxide 500
When you complete this lesson, you will be Power Generating
This lesson highlights the common warning able to understand the common health and Systems and
signs, health effects, and personal protection safety hazards associated with methane, Operations
requirements related to H2S exposure. carbon monoxide, and carbon dioxide. You will
• Identify physical and chemical
characteristics of H2S
also understand where these gases can be
found in the workplace and be able to describe
600
procedures and devices employed to protect Instrumentation
• Recognize common symptoms of H2S
exposure employees from exposure. and Control
• Identify levels of PPE associated with H2S
• Understand medical considerations for
• List the physical and chemical
characteristics of methane, carbon 700
individuals exposed to H2S monoxide, and carbon dioxide Process Systems
• Explain actions taken in the event of a H2S • Identify health and safety hazards and Operations
release associated with methane, carbon
117-03 Asbestos and
Silica Awareness 117-06 Chlorine Awareness
monoxide, and carbon dioxide
• Describe where methane, carbon
800
monoxide, and carbon dioxide are found in Industrial Machining
When you complete this lesson, you will When you complete this lesson, you will the workplace and Welding
recognize the health risks associated with recognize the occupational hazards and
• Describe gas monitor alarm levels for
both asbestos and silica. You also will be able potential health effects of chlorine exposure. methane, carbon monoxide, and carbon COURSE LISTING
to identify ways to prevent exposure to these • Identify common properties of chlorine dioxide BY TITLE
materials in the workplace. • Discuss the use of proper PPE when
• List common side effects of chlorine
This lesson satisfies the initial and annual training exposure working with high levels of methane, NERC ONLINE COURSES
requirements for OSHA standard 29 CFR 1910.1001 • Describe basic first aid measures carbon monoxide, or carbon dioxide
(j) (7) and (m) (4). performed for victims of chlorine exposure
• Describe the health risks of asbestos and • Identify OSHA permissible exposure limits
117-09 Lead Awareness
silica exposure (PEL) for chlorine After finishing this lesson, you will understand
• List symptoms of diseases associated with • Identify proper PPE used around chlorine risks associated with lead, where you might
exposure to asbestos and silica encounter this element in the workplace, and

the negative health 117-85 Hydrogen Sulfide • Interpret the breakdown of a standard
effects it can cause. regulation citation
Awareness (CAD)
Additionally, you will be • Discuss the origin and overall purpose of
able to identify When you complete this lesson, you will be each of the following:
prevention measures, able to recall the common warning signs, health – OSHA
effects, and personal protection requirements
100
such as the use of PPE – NIOSH (The National Institute for
and good housekeeping related to H2S exposure. Occupational Safety and Health)
practices. • Identify physical and chemical – OSHRC (The Occupational Safety Safety, Health, and
• Identify the properties of lead characteristics of H2S and Health Review Commission) Plant Science
• Recognize common symptoms of H2S – HAZWOPER regulations
200
• Identify activities that commonly involve
the potential for lead exposure exposure – RCRA (The Resource and Recovery
• Discuss health effects related to lead • Recall how appropriate PPE is chosen Act)
Mechanical
exposure • Understand medical considerations for – CERCLA (The Comprehensive
individuals exposed to H2S Environmental Response, Maintenance
• Identify PPE appropriate for working Compensation, and Liability Act of
around lead
• List examples of good housekeeping
• Explain actions taken in the event of an
H2S release
1980)
300
used to reduce exposure to lead Electrical
Distribution
117-20 Gas Monitoring Basics 118 HAZWOPER
This lesson describes the basic design and These lessons, when taken with 101-01, 400
operation of a gas monitor. 117-01 and 120-04 satisfy the OSHA Electrical
• List the three major reasons gas monitors requirements for 8-Hour Refresher Training. Maintenance
are needed
• Identify common types of gas monitors 500
• Describe the basic operation of a gas Power Generating
monitor Systems and
• Define each of the following terms: Operations
– Lower explosive limit
600
118-02 Site Characterization and
– Upper explosive limit
Analysis
– Immediately Dangerous to Life or Instrumentation
Health (IDLH) After you finish this lesson, you will be able to
and Control
– Calibration describe how site characterization and analysis
700
• Describe basic gas sampling techniques is used to protect the lives of employees and
ensure a safe working environment at sites
• Explain why calibration and bump tests containing hazardous substances.
are performed Process Systems
118-01 HAZWOPER Regulation • Identify the type of information and Operations
117-83 Asbestos Awareness (CAD) Overview documented in the site plan and its
General industry employees may be This lesson discusses an overview of federal
purpose
• Describe the basic levels of PPE
800
exposed to asbestos during manufacturing acts and regulatory bodies that protect Industrial Machining
processes, cleanup operations, or while workers who deal with hazardous materials. • Discuss air monitoring measures and Welding
repairing equipment. Awareness of the hazards In addition, you will have a basic understanding • Identify the main components of a
associated with this material can help prevent of terminology and numbering used to outline hazardous communications (HAZCOM)
a typical regulation. program COURSE LISTING
serious illnesses or disease.
BY TITLE
This lesson references OSHA (Occupational • Explain the three primary steps in risk
• Describe the health risks of asbestos
Safety and Health Administration) regulation identification
exposure NERC ONLINE COURSES
29 CFR 1910 (Subpart H section 120 with • Discuss the safety responsibilities of
• Discuss the effect of the delay between appendices, and section 1200 with employees who work around hazardous
exposure and the onset of symptoms appendices). materials
• Discuss the use of proper PPE used to • Describe some of the justification behind • Compare the attributes of the hot,
reduce exposures the enactment of the Occupational Safety warm, and cold zones in a site control
• Identify activities commonly involving and Health Act of 1970 program
the potential for asbestos exposure

118-03 Toxicology • Identify levels of PPE • Identify the equipment used with each of
• Explain the difference between emergency the four levels of PPE
and full decontamination procedures • Explain how to choose the right protective
able to explain the potential health effects of equipment
exposure to various toxic substances. • Compare levels of training required for
emergency Response • List some limitations of protective
100
• Discuss the distinction between a equipment
hazardous substance and a toxic one
• Describe how toxic chemicals are 119 Hazard Communications 119-06 Hazard Communication Safety, Health, and
classified Programs in the Workplace Plant Science
• Discuss routes of entry into the body
119-03 Hazardous Communications This lesson discusses the Hazardous
• Compare toxic effects of chemicals
• Explain different exposure levels when
Employee Training Program, Part 1 Communication Program and describes the
training and information provided under this
200
When you complete this lesson, you will be Mechanical
dealing with toxic substances program for every employee.
able to discuss the Hazardous Communication Maintenance
• 118-04 Medical Surveillance • Explain the employee’s rights under the
300
Program and describe the training provided
• After this lesson, you will be able to Hazardous Communication Program
describe the design and function of a
under this program for every employee.
• Explain components of a workplace
medical surveillance program. • Explain the employee’s rights under the Hazard Communications Program Electrical
• Discuss the purpose of the medical Hazardous Communication Program Distribution
• Explain the purpose of The Globally
surveillance program • Identify steps taken by the trainer to
400
Harmonized System of Classification and
• Identify a medical surveillance program’s improve trainees’ comprehension and Labeling of Chemicals (GHS)
main components understanding
• Identify the components GHS addressed Electrical
• Explain the use of pre-entry and post-entry • Describe methods used to detect the in developing a harmonized hazard
presence of a release Maintenance
evaluations communication system
• Describe effective record keeping
procedures
• Identify the physical and health hazards
presented by hazardous materials 119-07 Exposure to and Detection 500
• Describe methods for eliminating physical of Hazardous Chemicals Power Generating
118-05 Decontamination and health hazards of hazardous materials
After this lesson, you will be able to describe
Systems and
This lesson discusses principles of how exposure to hazardous materials occurs Operations
600
decontamination and describes activities and what can influence the severity of the effects
performed in a standard decontamination of the hazard. You will also be able to describe
corridor. ways a hazardous release can be detected. Instrumentation
• Explain the purpose of decontamination • Name the four basic exposure pathways to and Control
and identify the priorities underlying the hazardous materials
process
• Describe basic methods of
• List some factors influencing whether or
not adverse health effects result from an
700
decontamination
Process Systems
exposure
and Operations
• Explain how the establishment of • Describe methods used to detect
800
hot, warm, and cold zones facilitates the presence of a release
decontamination
• Identify the decontamination steps 119-04 Hazardous Communication 119-08 Physical, Health, Industrial Machining
implemented in a basic, six-step decon line
Employee Training Program, Part 2 and Environmental and Welding
• Discuss the appropriate use of emergency Hazard Classes
decontamination procedures When this lesson is complete, you will be able to
describe how exposure to hazardous materials When you complete this lesson, COURSE LISTING
118-06 Emergency Procedures occurs. You will also be able to explain how you will be able to discuss the physical, BY TITLE
to choose and use equipment for personal health, and environmental hazard
After finishing this lesson, you will be able to classifications according to The Globally NERC ONLINE COURSES
discuss the purpose and scope of an emergency protection.
Harmonized System of Classification and
response plan. You will also understand the • Name the three basic exposure pathways Labelling of Chemicals (GHS). In addition,
roles and responsibilities of those individuals to hazardous materials you will be able to recognize the effects of the
responding to a hazardous materials release. • List some factors that influence whether or various hazard classifications.
not adverse health effects result from an
• Discuss the lines of authority used during • Discuss the classes of physical hazards
exposure
an emergency response

• Identify hazardous effects caused by will be aware of defensive driving techniques, 130-02 Behavior Based
products classified as physical hazards hazard perception, and driving attitude. Safety Program Concepts
• Discuss the classes of health hazards • Identify how the use of trip planning and When you finish this lesson, you will be able
• Identify hazardous effects caused by conducting a pre-trip vehicle inspection
products classified as health hazards can reduce risk to describe the factors affecting your personal
safety on the job including your capabilities, your
• Discuss the classes of environmental
hazards
• Define distracted driving, its dangers, and
steps to avoid it
work environment, your attitude towards safety,
and the behaviors you exhibit. In addition, you
100
• Identify hazardous effects caused by • Describe ways to identify and react to Safety, Health, and
will be able to explain the difference between
products classified as environmental distracted drivers a positive safety attitude and safe working Plant Science
hazards
200
• List driving habits facilitating safe driving behaviors.
in hazardous weather conditions
119-09 Labeling and SDS for • Explain situational awareness and what
• Describe three key factors affecting
Hazardous Chemicals safety in the workplace Mechanical
kind of actions support it Maintenance
• Describe three personal characteristics
After finishing this lesson, you will understand that affect an individual’s safety on the job
300
proper labeling requirements according to the 122-02 Drug and Alcohol Awareness
• Describe three factors affecting an
GHS. In addition, you will be able to recognize After finishing this lesson, you will be able to employee’s work environment
pictograms for GHS hazard classifications and recall the effects of drugs and alcohol, and be Electrical
describe the contents of the standardized, • Explain the difference between a safe Distribution
familiar with the DOT required testing process working attitude and safe working
16 sections of the standardized safety data
400
and the result-based consequences.
sheet (SDS). 130-03 Hazardous
• Identify the effects of drugs and
• Recognize the GHS standardized elements alcohol Material Procedures Electrical
of a chemical label • Recall the DOT required testing Maintenance
• Describe the importance of a standardized When you complete this lesson, you will be
process
500
SDS and its role in the workplace able to describe some of the basic hazardous
• Identify result-based consequences materials found in a power plant. Additionally,
• Identify and explain the information resulting from testing
required in a GHS SDS you will be able to discuss some of the Power Generating
procedures used while working with these Systems and
• Recall the use of pictograms, signal words, products.
and hazard statements used for labeling 130 Behavior Based Operations
• Define hazardous material
600
hazardous substances
Safety Training • Describe the responsibility of the company
and your responsibilities when working with Instrumentation
122 Transportation 130-01 Behavior Based Safety hazardous materials
and Control
Programs Basic Design • Discuss the three key notifications that
This lesson describes the basic design of a
behavior based safety program. In addition, it
should take place during a hazardous
material spill 700
• Describe one method of labeling asbestos Process Systems
to explains how you can participate in safety containing material in a power plant and Operations
committees and safety inspection teams to
positively influence the safety program at
your plant. 800
• Explain how a safety committee Industrial Machining
should be established and why and Welding
• Explain the process an effective safety
committee would use to communicate COURSE LISTING
an at-risk condition or behavior that is BY TITLE
discovered during a plant safety
inspection
122-01 Safe Driving Practices NERC ONLINE COURSES
• Describe five items an effective safety
When you complete this lesson, you will be committee should report out to all plant
familiar with the requirements of drivers of employees during a monthly safety
130-04 Confined Space Procedures
Department of Transportation (DOT) Class 1-6 meeting This lesson discusses the reason for a confined
light or medium duty vehicles. Additionally, you • Describe the difference between a space procedure and the basic information
near miss and an injury accident found on a confined space permit. In addition,
it explains the difference between a non-permit

required confined space and a permit required effective safety and health program, and identify • Identify common injuries associated with
confined space. and prevent most workplace hazards. work related musculoskeletal disorders
• Describe the three key purposes of a • Recognize the costs of workplace • Explain ways to mitigate ergonomic hazard
confined space permit procedure accidents • Determine factors that can cause
• Describe the basic information that can be • Understand the benefits of implementing ergonomic related injuries
found on a typical confined space permit
• Explain and describe the purpose of an
an effective safety and health program
• Describe the elements of an effective
• Discuss sources of industrial ergonomic
hazards 100
atmospheric test safety and health program • Identify industrial factors that may cause Safety, Health, and
• Describe the primary difference between a • Identify methods to prevent workplace ergonomic hazards Plant Science
200
non-permit required confined space and a hazards • Describe ways to minimize task-specific
permit required confined space ergonomic hazards
• Demonstrate proper tool selection for Mechanical
130-05 Hot Work Procedures 131 Ergonomics specific tasks Maintenance
• When you complete this lesson, you will be
300
able to describe the purpose of a hot work 131-03 Proper Lifting Techniques
permit procedure. In addition, you will be 131-01 Ergonomics in an Office
Environment This lesson explains how to utilize proper lifting
able to discuss the basic information that Electrical
can be found on most hot work permits. techniques when performing manual material
When you finish handling tasks. In addition, you will be able to Distribution
• Define hot work this lesson, you will
400
employ techniques to help prevent back injuries.
• Describe the primary reason for hot work understand ergonomics
permit procedure • Describe manual material handling
and the disorders related
activities in a work environment and Electrical
• Explain the key purposes of a hot work to it. In addition, you will everyday situations
permit be able to recognize Maintenance
• Identify variables that are required for the
500
• Describe the six key steps associated ergonomic hazards in an office environment and
NIOSH Lifting Equation
with a hot work permit determine ways to mitigate these hazards.
• Discuss risk factors associated with
• Describe the purpose of ergonomics manual material handling tasks
Power Generating
• Determine disorders associated with Systems and
• Explain techniques that can be used to
ergonomic hazards help prevent back injuries Operations
600
• Identify common injuries associated with • Determine common administrative and
work-related musculoskeletal disorders engineering controls to help
• Explain ways to mitigate ergonomic prevent lifting injuries Instrumentation
hazards • Demonstrate proper techni- and Control
• Determine factors that can cause ques when performing a
130-06 Root Cause Analysis
ergonomic-related injuries
• Discuss the importance of proper
lift alone
• Explain the proper technique
700
After finishing this lesson, you will understand workstation design when performing a lift with a team Process Systems
the process of root cause analysis and how • Discuss the disadvantages of using a and Operations
• Demonstrate proper workstation use
800
to properly identify a root cause. In addition, • Evaluate your workstation for back belt in an industrial environment
you will understand the common tools used in ergonomic hazards
determining root cause. Industrial Machining
• Explain the purpose of root cause 131-02 Ergonomics in an 140 Qualified Electrical Worker and Welding
analysis Industrial Environment
• Identify the steps in performing a root When you complete this lesson, you will 140-01 General Concepts COURSE LISTING
cause analysis understand ergonomics and the disorders and Job Briefings BY TITLE
• Understand the various tools used to related to it. In addition, you will be able to
identify the root cause After completing this lesson, you will be able to
recognize ergonomic hazards in an industrial recall general concepts regarding safety while NERC ONLINE COURSES
environment and determine ways to mitigate performing electrical work. You will also be
130-07 Safety and Health Programs these hazards. familiar with what job briefings are and how they
After this lesson, you will be able to recognize • Describe the purpose of ergonomics can help a worker avoid accidents.
the true cost of workplace accidents, see
• Determine disorders associated with • Recall the circumstances in which OSHA
the benefits of an effective safety and health ergonomic hazards 29 CFR 1910.269 applies
program, describe the critical elements of an

• Identify the training employers are • Identify steps for de-energizing lines and overall goals of waste minimization and pollution
responsible for providing under this equipment prevention programs.
regulation • Identify steps for transferring and releasing • Identify the primary reasons for developing
• Recall examples of existing characteristics clearances an environmental policy
and conditions relating to installations
140-11 Mechanical Equipment • Discuss common situations in which your
100
• Recall the roles and responsibilities for environmental awareness can positively
information transfer After finishing this lesson, you will be able impact water and air quality
• Define a job briefing to recall the general requirements for using • Describe ways to protect the environment Safety, Health, and
• Identify topics covered in a job briefing mechanical equipment during electrical work. when handling solid and hazardous waste, Plant Science
petroleum products, and substances such
200
• Recall the requirements for • Recall the regulation regarding mechanical
equipment in the electric power generation, as PCB and asbestos
– Number of briefings
transmission, and distribution industries • Describe the stages involved in developing
– Extent of briefing an environmental management system Mechanical
– Working alone • Identify types of mechanical equipment to Maintenance
which this standard refers • Discuss the purpose of the National Waste
300
• Define outriggers and their purpose Minimization Program
• Define minimum approach distance (MAD) • Identify common benefits of waste
minimization and pollution prevention Electrical
• Recall requirements for working near programs
energized lines and equipment
Distribution
140-18 Dog Bite

150-02 Stormwater Regulations
and Pollution Prevention Plans 400
Prevention Electrical
This lesson describes ways that stormwater Maintenance
When you complete this runoff can impact the environment. In addition, it
500
lesson, you will be able discusses stormwater regulations and explains
to recall techniques for how to effectively develop a stormwater pollution
preventing a dog attack prevention plan (SWPPP). Power Generating
and techniques for Systems and
140-04 Enclosed Spaces minimizing the severity of • Identify major industrial sources of
stormwater discharges Operations
the injury if the attack
This lesson identifies the conditions of an
600
cannot be prevented. • Discuss stormwater regulations
enclosed space and how to eliminate or reduce implemented by the NPDES (National
the hazards associated with working in an • Identify common causes of dog bites Pollutant Discharge Elimination System)
Instrumentation
enclosed space. • Explain how interactions between dogs and EPA (Environmental Protection
and humans can trigger dog bites Agency) and Control
• Define
700
– Enclosed space • Define diseases transmittable by dog bites • Identify the components of an SWPPP
– Vault • Identify actions to take to avoid interactions • Describe the steps to produce and
with dogs on customer property maintain an SWPPP Process Systems
– Vented vault
• Define tools used for preventing dog bites and Operations
• Identify examples of hazardous
800
atmospheres in an enclosed space • Identify ways to determine if a dog is
present on a property
• Recall OSHA’s regulations for handling
enclosed space entry • Recall manager responsibilities for workers Industrial Machining
who may experience interactions with dogs and Welding
140-09 Electrical Clearances
When you finish this lesson, you will be
familiar with the requirements for the control
150 Environmental Awareness COURSE LISTING
BY TITLE
of hazardous energy sources used in power
generation, transmission, and distribution. 150-01 Environmental Awareness NERC ONLINE COURSES
• Recall the regulation regarding electrical After this lesson, you will be able to identify ways 150-03 Spill Prevention, Control, and
clearances for generation, transmission, your awareness can reduce the environment
and distribution impact of various processes and tasks. In
Countermeasures
• Recall the general requirements outlined addition, you will be able describe the process of After finishing this lesson, you will be able to
for using electrical clearances designing and implementing an environmental describe the use of spill prevention, control,
management system (EMS) and discuss the and countermeasure plans. You’ll also be able

to discuss common practices for preventing, all scaffolding systems and adhere to safety • State concepts regarding the safe use
responding to, and reporting spills. requirements. of powered industrial trucks to handle
materials
• Outline SPCC (spill prevention, control, • Define the role of a competent person
and countermeasures) regulation related to scaffolding • Identify methods to prevent hazards
guidelines associated with material handling
• Recall the types of scaffolds commonly equipment
• Explain how common secondary
containment is used to prevent spills
used on construction sites
• Identify the specifications of required
• Recognize employer requirements to
protect workers from material handling
100
• Describe spill response and reporting scaffold assembly, maintenance, and Safety, Health, and
hazards
tactics and procedures operation Plant Science
160-05 Personal Protective
200
• Discuss the importance of performing • Describe hazards associated with
visual inspections and routine maintenance scaffolds and ways to prevent those Equipment for Construction, Part 1
hazards
After completing this lesson, you will be familiar Mechanical
• Recognize employer requirements to Maintenance
160 Construction Safety protect workers from scaffold hazards with the hierarchy of control for reducing risk and
300
avoiding injury, illness, and death by properly
160-03 Portable Power and Hand selecting, using, and maintaining PPE.
160-01 Health Hazards Tool Safety for Construction Electrical
• Describe the hierarchy of controls as it
in Construction relates to PPE Distribution
After finishing this lesson, you will be able to
At the end of this lesson, you will be able to – Elimination/Substitution
400
identify hazards associated with the use of hand
recall and discuss principles of industrial hygiene and power tools. You will be able to prevent – Engineering controls
toward a safer working environment. accident and injury in the workplace by adhering – Administrative controls Electrical
• Recall the importance of industrial hygiene to safety practices and requirements. You will – PPE Maintenance
• Identify types of health hazards in also be familiar with the employer requirements • Distinguish the types of equipment
the workplace
• Identify types of chemical hazards in
put in place for protecting construction workers.
• Recognize employer requirements
necessary to protect employees when
working in conditions affecting the workers’ 500
the workplace health and safety, specifically for their: Power Generating
• Identify different types of hand and Systems and
• Identify types of biological hazards in power tools used at construction – Eyes
the workplace worksites – Face Operations
600
• Identify types of physical hazards in • Describe hazards associated and – Hearing
the workplace precautions taken with hand and power – Respiratory system
• Identify types of ergonomic hazards in tools Instrumentation
– Head
the workplace • Recall general tool safety guidelines and Control
• Recall health hazard protection methods • Identify the sources of power available 160-06 Personal Protective
protect workers against hazards
for power tools Equipment for Construction, Part 2 700
160-04 Materials Handling and At the end of this lesson, you will be familiar Process Systems
Storing Safety for Construction with some of the requirements of employers and and Operations
employees for reducing risk and avoiding injury,
This lesson demonstrates how to minimize
the risks of injury and illness by safely handling
illness, and death by properly selecting, using,
and maintaining PPE.
800
and storing materials in the workplace. It Industrial Machining
• Identify the responsibilities of the employer and Welding
identifies potential hazards when handling and employee regarding PPE use
materials and identify ways to prevent those
hazards and shows how to recognize an • Identify the components of a training
program for using PPE COURSE LISTING
employer’s responsibilities for safe materials BY TITLE
handling. • Distinguish the types of equipment
necessary to protect employees when
• Describe methods and equipment used working in conditions affecting the workers’ NERC ONLINE COURSES
for materials handling in the workplace health and safety, specifically:
160-02 Scaffolding Safety for • Identify hazards associated with material – Hands
Construction handling activities – Feet
This lesson distinguishes the responsibilities • Recall safe lifting techniques – Body
of those employees who work on or near • State concepts regarding the safe use of
scaffolding to assemble, maintain, and operate non-powered trucks to handle materials

170-02 Industrial Math: • Solve problems using ratios and
Measurements and Calculations proportions
After this lesson, you will be able to demonstrate

how to use equations to solve industrial 171 Industrial Sciences
problems involving length, height, flow and
temperature conversions and calculations. You
will be able to explain how to read and interpret 171-01 Atomic Structure 100
and Chemical Bonding Safety, Health, and
formulas, graphs, charts, and tables. You will
also be able to apply several mathematical Plant Science
200
formulas to commonly used industrial
160-07 Excavation and Trenching calculations.
able to describe the various components of an
Safety for Construction atom and discuss atomic theory. You will also be
• Describe the use of conversion tables able to explain how chemical bonds are formed Mechanical
When you complete this lesson, you will be able and describe the two most common types of Maintenance
• Use equations to solve problems
to identify hazards and methods of protecting chemical bonding.
300
working with length, height, and flow and
workers from hazards during excavation and temperature conversions
trenching operations. You will also be able • Define the terms nucleus, proton, electron,
• Solve mathematical problems using each and neutron Electrical
to recognize the role of a competent person of the following:
and the responsibilities of the employer and • Describe the makeup of electron shells Distribution
– Area formulas
employee when engaged in these operations. • Outline Dalton’s Atomic Theory
• Describe the role of a competent person at
–
–
Volumetric formulas
Velocity formulas
• Discuss the chemical makeup of molecules
and compounds and explain how they
400
an excavation site Electrical
– Flow formulas differ from mixtures
• Identify hazards associated with Maintenance
excavations – Density and specific gravity • Describe how an ionic bond is formed
• Recall excavation hazard protection
methods
• Explain how to interpret circle, bar, and line
graphs
• Describe how a covalent bond is formed
• Explain the Octet Rule
500
• Explain how to read and interpret charts Power Generating
• Describe the methods for protecting
and tables Systems and
employees from cave-ins
Operations
170-03 Industrial Math: Fractions,
600
protect workers from excavation hazards
Percentages, and Ratios
This lesson shows you how to interpret and Instrumentation
solve problems using fractions, decimals, and and Control
percentages. You will also be able to interpret
and solve problems using ratios and proportions. 700
• Explain basic terminology and functions Process Systems
related to fractions 171-02 Introduction to the Periodic
and Operations
170 Industrial Mathematics • Calculate lowest common denominator Table of Elements
170-01 Introduction to Industrial Math

• Perform arithmetic operations on fractions
• Convert fractions to decimals
At the conclusion of this lesson, you will
understand how elements are named, grouped,
800
• Convert decimals to fractions and listed on the periodic table.
After finishing this lesson, you will be able to and Welding
explain the mathematical order of operations, the • Explain basic terminology and functions • Discuss the history of the periodic table of
use of exponents, and square roots. related to percentage elements
• Describe the role elements play in COURSE LISTING
• Explain the rules for rounding numbers • Change percent values to decimals and
chemistry BY TITLE
fractions
• List the mathematical order of operations
• Compute bases, rates, or portions of • Explain the importance of an element’s
• Identify the principles of exponents atomic weight, atomic number, and symbol NERC ONLINE COURSES
numbers
• Solve problems using numbers that • Determine differential percentages • Discuss how electrons in the outer shell of
include exponents an atom relate to chemical reactions and
• Determine maximum and minimum bonding
• Identify the principles of square roots measurements given the percent tolerance
• Explain how a calculator can be used for • Describe the organizational pattern of
• Explain basic terminology used to describe the periodic table of elements and list
operations with exponents and square ratios and proportions
roots classifications of elements

171-03 Chemical Formulas, • Identify atoms and molecules in a
chemical equation
180 Human Performance
Reactions, and Solubility
• Define polyatomic ions and diatomic
This lesson describes different types of chemical molecules 180-01 Fundamentals of Human
formulas and chemical reactions. In addition, it • Identify balanced and unbalanced Performance Improvement
discusses components and characteristics of
100
equations This lesson helps you identify what is meant
solutions.
• Balance a chemical equation by human performance improvement, how to
• Describe the notation of various types of identify the types of human error and the origins Safety, Health, and
chemical formulas of those errors, and how traditional views of Plant Science
• List the four common types of chemical human error can be changed.
reactions
• Identify the function of a catalyst
• Recall the fundamental concepts of human
performance
200
Mechanical
• Explain the difference between exothermic • Identify the most common types of active
and endothermic chemical reactions
Maintenance
and latent errors
300
• Describe the relationship between a 171-10 Introduction to Physics: • Recognize common origins of human error
solute and a solvent Force and Motion • Recall the five hazardous attitudes that
• Identify factors that can affect solubility Electrical
At the end of this lesson, you will be able to increase the likelihood of active errors
• Explain what is meant by the saturation Distribution
describe terms and types of force as they pertain • Recall traditional response to human error
point of a solution
400
to classical physics. In addition, you will be able • Recognize activities associated with the
to explain Newton’s laws involving motion and blame cycle
171-04 Introduction to perform basic calculations using these laws. Electrical
Hydrocarbon Chemistry Maintenance
• Explain the concept of vectors
After finishing this lesson, you will be able
500
• Compare scalar and vector quantities
to discuss the molecular structure, physical
• Describe Newton’s three laws of motion
properties, naming conventions, and commercial
• Explain the universal law of gravitation Power Generating
uses of several common hydrocarbons.
• Explain the concept of momentum Systems and
• Compare the definitions of petroleum and Operations
crude oil • Discuss the relationship between mass
600
and weight
• Relate the physical states of hydrocarbons
to their carbon content • Describe different types of force
• Discuss how covalent bonds are formed • Use Newton’s laws of motion to calculate Instrumentation
between hydrogen and carbon force, weight, acceleration, velocity, and and Control
momentum
700
• Explain the use of base names, prefixes,
and suffixes to label hydrocarbons • Discuss the use of the Newton as a unit of
measure
• Describe and compare the structures of Process Systems
the following hydrocarbon families: and Operations
171-11 Introduction to Physics:
– Paraffins – Olefins
Energy, Work, and Power
– Napthenes
– Aromatics
– Alkynes
After this lesson, you will be able to define 800
different types of energy, work, and power. Industrial Machining
• Identify correlations between physical and Welding
properties of a hydrocarbon and the You will also be able to use formulas to
hydrocarbon’s molecular structure calculate potential energy, kinetic energy, work
done, and power used. COURSE LISTING
• List some contaminants commonly found in
crude oil and discuss their adverse effects • Compare potential and kinetic energy BY TITLE
on oil refining • Perform calculations involving potential
and kinetic energy NERC ONLINE COURSES
171-05 Chemical Equations • Describe relationships between energy,
When you complete this lesson, you will have work, and power
the knowledge necessary to write and balance • Calculate the amount of work performed in
chemical formulas and equations. example scenarios
• Identify reactants, reaction products, and • Explain the law of conservation of energy
reaction arrows • Perform calculations involving power

201 Introduction to
Industrial Maintenance and
the Tools of the Trade
200
201-01 Working Principles
of Simple Machines
100
Safety, Health, and
When you complete this lesson you will be able Plant Science
to describe several simple machines used to
200
Mechanical
make work easier. These simple machines are
the inclined plane, wedge, lever, screw, pulley,
gears, and the wheel and axle. Mechanical
Maintenance
• Describe how the inclined plane serves
Maintenance
300
to make work easier
• Describe how a wedge serves to make
work easier Electrical
• Describe how a lever serves to make Distribution
work easier
• Describe how a screw serves to make
work easier
400
Electrical
• Describe how a pulley serves to make Maintenance
work easier
• Describe how a wheel and axle serves
to make work easier 500
• Describe how gears serve to make Power Generating
work easier Systems and
Operations
600
Instrumentation
and Control
700
Process Systems
201-02 Hand Tools, Part 1 and Operations
At the end of this lesson, you will be able to
explain safety precautions to take when working
with hand tools. You will be able to explain and
800
describe various types of wrenches, hammers,
and Welding
screwdrivers, and pliers commonly used in
industrial facilities.
• Explain safety precautions to take when COURSE LISTING
working with hand tools BY TITLE
• Identify and describe the types of
wrenches used in industrial facilities NERC ONLINE COURSES
• Identify and describe types of hammers
used in industrial facilities
• Identify and describe types of screw
drivers used in industrial facilities
• Identify and describe different variations
of pliers used in industrial facilities

201-03 Hand Tools, Part 2 • Explain the proper procedures for using a • Describe the sheave design used on
torque wrench these systems
This lesson explains and describes various types
• List some techniques to ensure accuracy • Describe positive traction belts
of saws, files, chisels, punches, vises, clamps, when using a torque wrench
and levels commonly used in industrial facilities. • Explain proper belt tensioning and
identify the effects of over-tensioned
100
• Identify the characteristics and purposes and under-tensioned belts
of different types of hand saws used in 202 Belt Drive Maintenance
industrial facilities 202-04 Sheave Maintenance Safety, Health, and
• Identify the characteristics and purposes Plant Science
of different types of files used in industrial 202-01 Introduction to Belt When you finish this lesson, you will be able to
Drive Maintenance describe the design and operation of sheaves
200
facilities
and explain basic techniques employed to
• Identify the characteristics and purposes After this lesson, you will be able to maintain them.
of various types of chisels and punches knowledgeably discuss the general use and Mechanical
used in industrial facilities maintenance of belt drive systems. • Describe the construction of V-Belt Maintenance
• Identify the characteristics and purposes sheaves
300
of various types of vises and clamps • Define common belt drive terminology • Describe the construction of positive
used in industrial facilities including: traction belt sheaves
• Identify the characteristics and purposes
– Belt pitch length
• Discuss design and methods used
Electrical
of different types of levels used in industrial – Center distance with manually adjusted, variable Distribution
facilities speed sheaves.
400
– Arc of contact
– Speed ratio • Explain the principle of operation behind
201-04 Portable Power Tools – Sheave, driven sheave, spring-loaded, adjustable, variable Electrical
After finishing this lesson, you will be able to driver sheave, idler sheave, and speed sheaves
Maintenance
explain some safety precautions to follow when sheave pitch diameter • Explain how to align sheaves using a
working with portable power tools. You will be
able to identify and describe various types of
• Identify advantages and disadvantages
of belt drive systems
straightedge
• State the reason for adjustable sheave 500
grinders, impact wrenches, power drills, power • Explain basic techniques for proper belt lubrication Power Generating
screwdrivers, and power saws used in industrial drive tensioning Systems and
facilities. • Describe some ways to alter a belt’s 202-05 Introduction to Operations
arc of contact Conveyor Systems
600
• Explain safety precautions to take when
working with portable power tools This lesson identifies basic conveyor designs
• Describe various types of grinders used
202-02 V-Belts and explains how various general configurations Instrumentation
in industrial facilities After finishing this lesson, are used to move different products and and Control
• Describe impact wrenches used in you will be able to explain the materials from point to point.
industrial facilities
• Describe portable power drills
design and use of the most
common variations of
• Describe a basic conveyor 700
• Identify three types of gravity conveyors Process Systems
used in industrial facilities V-belts.
• Identify two types of power conveyors and Operations
• Describe power screwdrivers used • Describe how a V-belt transfers power
• Explain the difference between a material
800
in industrial facilities • Discuss the following types of V-belt sizing: handling belt conveyor and a bulk material
• Identify and describe types of – Conventional handling conveyor
power saws used in industrial Industrial Machining
– High capacity • Describe the key feature common to all
facilities and Welding
– Light duty automated roller conveyors
201-05 Torque Wrenches • Identify specialized V-belts • Recall the four most common automated
roller conveyor belt drives COURSE LISTING
At the end of this lesson, you will be able • Describe the construction of V-belts
BY TITLE
to explain the need for torque wrenches in
202-03 Positive Traction Belt Drives 202-06 Conveyor System Designs
machining and maintenance operations. You NERC ONLINE COURSES
will also be able to describe the various types At the end of this lesson, you will be able to At the end of this lesson, you will be able
of torque wrenches available and explain the to describe the components of a typical
describe the major components and proper
proper procedures for their use. belt conveyor used in an industrial setting.
operation of positive traction drive belt systems
In addition, you will be able to identify the
• Identify the purpose of a torque wrench used in an industrial facility.
equipment commonly found in large-scale,
• Describe basic types of torque wrenches • List advantages of positive traction belt
drive systems

industrial conveying systems and describe the • Discuss the advantages and • State the operating principle behind sliding
purpose of each piece of equipment. disadvantages of vulcanized splices surface bearings
• Discuss the purpose of a drive pulley • Explain the purpose and method of training • Define boundary and full film lubrication
a belt • Describe bushings and sleeve bearings
• Recall the primary components collectively
comprising a typical industrial conveyor • Describe split bearings
drive
• Identify two functions of a snub idler
203 Bearing Maintenance • Explain lubricating grooves, oil rings, and
wick lubricators
100
Safety, Health, and
• Describe the purpose of the adjustment • List advantages of sliding surface bearings
screws on a belt conveyor 203-01 Introduction to Bearings Plant Science
203-04 Bearing Installation
200
• Explain the purpose of the feeders in an After this lesson, you will be able to explain
industrial conveying system the basic concepts behind the use of bearings. and Removal
In addition, you’ll be able to describe their This lesson explains some basic Mechanical
mechanical functions, loading forces, common techniques for installing and Maintenance
lubricants, main classifications, and the types of
300
replacing rolling contact and
friction they encounter. sliding surface bearings.
• Describe the types of friction forces that • Describe tools used to install a rolling Electrical
affect bearings contact bearing Distribution
• Explain the basic mechanical functions of • Explain methods of installing a shrink fit
bearings
• Describe the loading forces affecting
bearing
• Explain methods of checking an installed
400
bearings Electrical
rolling contact bearing for proper operation
202-07 Conveyor Belt System • Explain types of lubricants used in
Maintenance
• Describe sounds an improperly installed
Inspection and Operation
500
bearings rolling contact bearing can make and
When you complete this lesson, you will be able • Identify the two main categories of explain the cause
to describe the equipment used to protect plant bearings • Describe alignment of a sliding surface Power Generating
personnel and conveying system equipment. In bearing Systems and
addition, you will be able to list the inspections 203-02 Rolling Contact Bearings • Describe tools used in the removal of Operations
that should be conducted on conveyor belt After finishing this lesson, you will be able sliding surface and rolling contact bearings
systems.
• Discuss the purpose of a safety cord on a
to identify the most common types of rolling
contact bearings and recognize some of their
• Explain the removal process for rolling
contact and sliding surface bearings
600
Instrumentation
conveyor belt system design considerations and common operating
characteristics. 203-05 Bearing Seals and Control
• Explain the function of a lateral motion
700
switch, when used in conjunction with a • State the operating principle behind rolling When you finish this lesson, you will be able to
conveyor belt contact bearings describe and identify the seals most commonly
• Describe the difference between • Describe the two common categories of used on bearings, their specific applications, and Process Systems
overspeed protection and holdback rolling contact bearings their design considerations. and Operations
protection, as it relates to conveyor belt
800
operation • Identify different ball bearing designs • Explain the function of bearing seals and
• Identify different roller bearing designs describe their main components
• List three checks you should make when
inspecting a running conveyor belt • Explain how various types of rolling contact • Identify the two types of bearing seals Industrial Machining
• Discuss the purpose of a belt wiper bearings are used for axial loads • Describe the types of materials used in the and Welding
manufacture of oil seal lips
202-08 Conveyor Belt 203-03 Sliding Surface Bearings • Discuss the selection of oil seals based on COURSE LISTING
Installation and Repair At the end of this lesson, you will be able to speed of the application BY TITLE
identify the most common types of sliding • Name some oil seals classified by their use
surface bearings, and recognize some of their • Name some oil seals classified by service NERC ONLINE COURSES
describe the basic technique used to install and
design considerations and common operating conditions
adjust new belting on a large industrial conveyor.
characteristics. • Explain labyrinth seal construction
• Define splicing
• List the common names • Describe labyrinth seal classifications
• Describe two common techniques used to used for sliding surface
splice a conveyor belt together • List the advantages of a labyrinth seal
bearings

203-06 Troubleshooting 205-02 Types of Gears 207 Lubrication of
Bearing Failures After finishing this lesson, you will be able to Rotating Machinery
When you complete this lesson, you will describe six common types of gears used in
be able to recognize symptoms indicating industrial facilities.
207-01 Lubrication Selection and
failing bearings. In addition, you will be able
100
• Describe spur gears Sampling in Rotating Machinery
to troubleshoot bearing failures and use the • Describe helical gears
information you gain to prevent a reoccurrence. At the end of this lesson, you will be able to
• Describe bevel gears Safety, Health, and
• Identify symptoms of failing bearings describe factors that influence the selection of
• Describe hypoid gears Plant Science
lubricants. In addition, you will be able to explain
• Discuss bearing failure due to:
200
• Describe worm gears how to monitor the condition of lubricant.
– Normal fatigue (spalling)
• Describe non-circular gears • Identify lubricant additives and identify their
– Overheating Mechanical
function
– Lubricant 205-03 Maintaining Gear Drives • Describe four degrees of lubricant film Maintenance
– Corrosion protection
300
After this lesson, you will be able to analyze and
– Brinelling and false brinelling troubleshoot common gear drive problems. You • Describe the factors that influence the
– Equipment misalignment will also be able to explain factors affecting gear selection of bearing lubrication Electrical
– Fretting backlash and proper gear lubrication. • Explain the purpose and process of Distribution
– Electrical arcing • Describe gear maintenance lubrication sampling
– Thrust forces
• Identify common questions asked when
troubleshooting tips
• Explain factors affecting gear backlash
207-02 Lubrication Failures and 400
Management in Rotating Machinery Electrical
troubleshooting bearing failures related to • Describe ways to measure and control
the following categories: Maintenance
backlash in gears When you complete this lesson, you will be able
to describe the process and the importance of
500
– Lubrication • Explain factors that influence proper
– Rotating race lubrication of gear drives good lubrication management.
– Fixed race • Describe various methods of lubricant • Describe common causes of lubrication Power Generating
– Rolling element cage or retainer application to gear drive systems failure Systems and
• Explain how to properly analyze failures in • Identify steps you can take to ensure Operations
– Rotating elements
gear drives
600
proper operation of a lubricating oil system
• Describe the oil’s path through the
205-04 Clutches
205 Gear Maintenance components of a typical oil circulating
system
Instrumentation
After completing this lesson, you will be able to and Control
explain the purpose of clutches and identify the • Describe a good lubrication management
205-01 Introduction to Gear Drives
This lesson describes and explains the function
operating principles of common industrial clutch
designs.
program
• Identify some benefits of lubrication 700
of a gear and defines common terms used when management Process Systems
• Explain the purpose of a clutch
working with gears and gear drives. and Operations
• Identify the types of mechanical clutches 207-03 Lubrication Analysis
• Explain the design and function of a gear
• Define the following:
and their operating principles
• Explain the operating principles of electric
in Rotating Machinery 800
– Tooth – Working depth clutches After finishing this lesson, you will be able to Industrial Machining
• Identify the types of fluid discuss the characteristics of lubricants and and Welding
– Pitch – Flank of the tooth
clutches and their operating describe how they influence use.
– Pitch circle – Face of the tooth
principles • Describe the typical composition of COURSE LISTING
– Pitch diameter – Fillet
• Explain the function of lubricants BY TITLE
– Circular pitch – Face width clutch brakes • Define the following terms:
– Diametral pitch – Backlash
– Friction NERC ONLINE COURSES
– Outside diameter – Pressure angle
– Static friction
– Root circle – Top land
– Limiting friction
– Addendum – Bottom land
• Describe the following characteristics of a
– Dedendum – Crown lubricant:
– Clearance – Gear-tooth ratio – Viscosity – Fire point
– Whole depth – Gear Hardness – Flash point – Pour point

• Identify the effect of temperature on 208-04 Piping Expansion, 208-07 Tube Fittings
viscosity
Support, and Insulation and Connection
• Describe the characteristics of greases Methods
When you finish this lesson, you will be able to
• List the four main factors that influence
lubricant selection explain the effects of changing temperatures on This lesson describes various methods
industrial piping and describe ways to allow for to properly cut and join tubing segments.
those effects.
• Compare the use of a tube cutter and a 100
208 Piping and Tubing • Describe how temperature change hacksaw to cut tubing Safety, Health, and
affects piping • Identify methods to remove burrs from Plant Science
• Identify methods used to manage tubing cuts
208-01 Pipe Connections
and Symbols
expansion
• Describe various methods of supporting
• Describe different types of tube fittings and
their construction materials
200
This lesson describes the pipes Mechanical
• Explain how to perform each of the Maintenance
methods most commonly • Identify the reasons for insulating piping following activities:
300
used to connect lengths of • Describe materials used to insulate – Flare tubing
piping and identifies advantages and pipes and pipefittings – Use compression fittings
disadvantages of each. It highlights symbols Electrical
– Solder tube and fitting joints
commonly used to indicate types of pipes, 208-05 Piping Auxiliaries Distribution
pipe-fittings, and welding connections. – Bead a tube
After completing this lesson, you will be able
• Discuss the use of threaded piping
connections
to describe the design and function of steam
separators and traps commonly used in piping
208-08 Tube and Conduit Bending 400
After this lesson, you will be able to describe Electrical
• List and describe different types of systems.
threaded fittings how to properly bend tubing and conduit into a Maintenance
• Explain how steam separators remove variety of angles and offsets.
• Describe flanged piping connections
• Explain the use of gaskets in piping
moisture from piping
• Describe the purpose and operation of
• Describe tube bending tools 500
connections the following types of steam traps: • Explain how to properly bend small metal Power Generating
• Describe welded piping connections – Mechanical
tubing Systems and
• Identify welding symbols used for • Define conduit bending terms Operations
– Thermostatic
600
pipe-fitting – Thermodynamic • Describe conduit bending tools
• Identify line symbols used in pipe-fitting • Explain proper steam trap installation • Explain how to make each of the following
• Describe how pipe-fitting symbols can conduit bends: Instrumentation
• Define water hammer and discuss its
represent the: consequences
– Stub-up bends and Control
– Size of a pipe – Back-to-back bends
– Method of branching and coupling 208-06 Tubing Types – Offset bends 700
– Purpose for which the pipe will and Applications – Three point saddle bends Process Systems
be used
At the end of this lesson, you will be able to – Four point saddle bends and Operations
describe the design and function of tubing. In
800
208-03 Piping Construction
addition, you will be able to apply criteria to
and Sizing appropriately select tubing for various common 209 Shaft Alignment Industrial Machining
After this lesson, you will be able to discuss applications.
the materials, sizing methods, and construction and Welding
• List differences between piping and
techniques used in the construction of pipe tubing
systems in industrial facilities. COURSE LISTING
• Describe some advantages of tubing
• Identify commonly used piping materials BY TITLE
• List types of materials used in the
• Describe systems that classify the wall manufacture of tubing
thickness of pipe NERC ONLINE COURSES
• Discuss some applications for common 209-01 Couplings
• Explain variations in piping’s inside and types of tubing
outside diameters After completing this lesson, you will be able to
• Identify factors considered when
• List the two main pipe construction choosing tubing for an application identify different styles of couplings and how to
techniques maintain them.
• Explain how to properly handle tubing
• Recall the purpose of couplings

• Identify the relationship of torque and 209-07 Reverse Dial Alignment • Compare the advantages and
speed as it relates to couplings disadvantages of chain drives to those of
At the end of this lesson, you will be able to other drive systems
• Identify the various types of couplings
recall the theories and types of equipment • List the common types of chains and
• Describe coupling maintenance associated with a reverse dial alignment.
procedures sprockets used in chain drive systems
100
• Identify the fundamentals of the reverse
209-03 Pre-Alignment Procedures dial alignment process 211-02 Chain Drive Maintenance
• Identify how reverse dial equipment and Troubleshooting Safety, Health, and
When you finish this lesson, you will be able to functions
identify industry standard pre-checks, types of When you complete this lesson, you will be Plant Science
couplings, and types of misalignment. • Recall steps for preparing for reverse dial able to describe techniques for maintaining and
• Identify various types of couplings
alignment
• Recall the fundamentals of the graphing
troubleshooting chain drive systems in industrial
facilities.
200
• Describe types of misalignment method of reverse dial alignment Mechanical
• Describe methods for determining Maintenance
• Recall industry standard pre-alignment appropriate chain length
inspections
209-04 Rough Alignment

• Describe procedures for proper installation
of chains and sprockets 300
• List the four most common methods of Electrical
This lesson identifies the planes, tools, and chain lubrication Distribution
criteria necessary to perform a rough alignment.
400
• Explain what to look for when inspecting
• Recall the rough alignment basics chains and sprockets for wear
• Identify the tools required for a rough • Describe techniques for troubleshooting Electrical
alignment chain drive systems Maintenance
• Recall the planes of the rough alignment
209-05 Mathematical Rim-and-Face 209-09 Laser Alignment 213 Lubrication 500

Alignment After completing this lesson, you will be able to Power Generating
understand the theory and equipment associated Systems and
After finishing this lesson, you will be able 213-01 Lubrication Basics Operations
with laser alignment.
to identify the methods of performing a At the end of this lesson, you will be able to
600
mathematical rim-and-face alignment and • Recall laser alignment theory
explain how lubrication is used in machinery to
the types of misalignment identifiable and • Recall steps for mounting the laser reduce friction. In addition, you will be able to
correctable by this method. alignment sensors Instrumentation
explain why certain types of equipment require
• Identify types of misalignment • Describe how the laser alignment system lubricants with specific viscosities. and Control
operates
• Recall steps for the mathematical method
of rim-and-face alignment • Recall steps for laser beam adjustment
• Define friction and describe the following
types of friction: 700
• Recall the advantages of the rim-and-face • Describe how to take measurements with – Static friction Process Systems
alignment method the laser alignment system and Operations
– Solid friction
• Describe how to correct misalignment with
800
– Sliding friction
209-06 Graphical Rim-and-Face the laser alignment system
– Rolling friction
Alignment
– Fluid friction Industrial Machining
After this lesson, you will be able to recall
the graphical method of performing rim-and-
211 Chain Drive Maintenance • Explain the relationship and Welding
between friction and
face alignment and the types of misalignment lubrication
identifiable and correctable by this method. 211-01 Introduction to Chain Drives COURSE LISTING
• Describe three key roles of a lubricant in BY TITLE
• Identify types of misalignment This lesson describes the design and function of an operating piece of equipment
• Recall steps for the graphical method of typical chain drive systems. • Identify the three basic categories of NERC ONLINE COURSES
rim-and-face alignment • Explain the principles behind chain drive lubricants and give an example of each
• Recall the advantages of the rim-and-face operations • Define viscosity
alignment method • Define common terminology
used when working with 213-02 Types of Lubricants
chain drives After finishing this lesson, you will be able to
describe the factors you must consider when

selecting a lubricant for a specific piece of • Explain the effect contamination has on • Identify common valve markings and their
equipment. In addition, you will be able to lubricating oil and the equipment it serves meanings
identify different viscosity grades and explain • Describe how mechanical filtration
what each grade represents. removes contaminants from lubricating 215-02 Valve Actuators
oil systems After finishing this lesson, you will be able to
• Describe the importance of base oil
100
viscosity when selecting a grease • Discuss the basic procedure for cleaning discuss the use, selection, and design of various
a permanent, in-line filter actuators, from simple manual hand-wheels
• Discuss additives and explain how they
impact grease selection • Explain how each of the following to relatively complex electrical and hydraulic Safety, Health, and
oil purification methods removes manipulators. Plant Science
• Recall organizations with common contaminants from lubricating oil:
viscosity grading systems
200
centrifugal purification, coalescence • Describe the construction and principle of
• Identify common types of oil lubrication purification, and vacuum dehydration operation for the following types of valve
methods actuators:
Mechanical
213-05 Lubrication Delivery – Manual
Maintenance
Methods and Systems – Electric motor
This lesson describes common lubricant delivery

methods and systems.
–
–
Pneumatic
Hydraulic
300
Electrical
– Solenoid
• Discuss common lubrication delivery Distribution
methods and systems • Identify several types of valve position
• Explain manual lubrication application
methods
indicators
400
215-03 Gate Valves Electrical
213-03 Lubrication • Explain automatic feed lubrication systems
After this lesson, you will be able to explain Maintenance
Sampling and Analysis • Identify gravity fed lubrication methods
500
the use, selection, and design of a gate
After this lesson, you will be able to explain the • Identify reservoir fed lubrication methods valve. You will also be able to describe how
importance of lubrication sampling and describe • Explain controlled feed lubrication systems different service conditions affect gate valve
basic techniques used to collect lubricant Power Generating
• Identify controlled feed lubrication methods configuration. Systems and
samples. In addition, you will be able to explain
how to use lubrication schedules to ensure • Describe the operation of a gate valve Operations
• Discuss some advantages and
215 Valve Selection
600
proper preventative maintenance.
disadvantages of a gate valve
• List four benefits of frequent lubricant
sampling
and Maintenance • List various gate valve disk configurations Instrumentation
and identify the conditions under which
• Describe the basic procedure for taking a they are used and Control
lubrication sample 215-01 Introduction to Valves
• Explain the purpose of sample labels and Their Components • Describe different gate valve stem and
valve seat designs 700
• Identify four things that commonly When you complete this lesson, you will be Process Systems
contaminate lubricants able to explain the basic design and function 215-04 Globe Valves and Operations
• Describe five tasks you must perform when of valves, major valve components, and flow At the end of this lesson, you will be able to
inspecting a lubricant
• List six basic tests that can be performed
control elements.
• Discuss the overall purposes served by
describe the use, selection, and design of globe
valves.
800
on an oil sample Industrial Machining
valves in a system or process • Explain the operation of a globe valve and Welding
213-04 Lubrication Filtration • Illustrate various valve types and highlight • Describe the three primary body designs
their differences
and Purification • Explain how valve stem leakage
• Describe the three basic disk designs COURSE LISTING
used in globe valves BY TITLE
After completing this lesson, you will be able is controlled
to explain how to use mechanical filters and • Discuss the advantages and
• Describe the operation of root disadvantages of these designs
lube oil purifiers to keep lubricating oil free and throttle valves NERC ONLINE COURSES
of contaminants. In addition, you will be able • Explain how the disk and stems are
• Identify the following valve attached in globe valves
to describe methods used to filter and purify components:
lubricating oil in a power plant. – Body – Packing • Describe seating arrangements and
– Bonnet – Seat direction of flow through globe valves
• Identify the two most common types of
lube oil contamination found in power plant – Stem – Disk
lubricating oil systems – Actuator

215-05 Butterfly Valves 215-09 Plug Valves 215-13 Solenoid Valves
This lesson explains the use, selection, and After completing this lesson, you will be able to At the end of this lesson, you will be able to
design of typical butterfly valves found in describe the use, selection, and design of plug describe the overall design and function of
industrial applications. valves commonly found in industrial settings. various solenoid valves.
100
• Describe the operation of a butterfly valve • Describe the operation of a plug valve and • Explain the basic principle behind the
• Compare the butterfly valve to other valve identify its advantages operation of a solenoid
types and list its advantages • List the types of plug valve port designs • Identify the components of a solenoid valve Safety, Health, and
• Describe the seat and body construction of available • Describe solenoid valve operation Plant Science
a typical butterfly valve • Identify the advantages and disadvantages • Compare tape-wrapped and encapsulated
• Explain the types of disk and stem
assemblies available on a butterfly valve
of multi-port plug valves
• Discuss the use of lubricated and non-
coil designs
• Define the terms “normally open” and
200
lubricated plug valve design Mechanical
“normally closed” as they relate to solenoid
• Explain proper care of a plug valve gland valves Maintenance
215-06 Ball Valves
When you finish this
215-10 Diaphragm Valves
• Explain the difference between two-way
and three-way solenoid valves 300
lesson, you will be At the end of this lesson, you will be able to Electrical
able to explain the use, describe the use, selection, and design of the Distribution
selection, and design of ball valves found two basic types of diaphragm valves.
in industrial applications. • Discuss the operation of a diaphragm valve 400
• Describe the operation of a ball valve • Describe the construction of the diaphragm Electrical
• Identify the ball valve’s advantages and • Explain the uses of different Maintenance
disadvantages diaphragm valve stem
• List the four common ball valve port
designs
assemblies
• Describe the
500
Power Generating
• List the four general ball valve body styles diaphragm valve’s
bonnet assembly 215-14 Valve Positioners Systems and
• Explain the significance of valve handle Operations
positions on a ball valve After finishing this lesson, you will be able
215-11 Pinch Valves
600
to describe the basic design and function of
215-07 Check Valves When you complete this lesson, you will be able common types of valve positioners used in
to describe the use, selection, and design of industrial facilities. Instrumentation
After completing this lesson, you will be able to
explain the use, selection, and design of check pinch valves. • Identify common tasks that might prompt and Control
the use of valve positioners
700
valves found in industrial applications. • Discuss the operation of pinch valves
• Explain how a pinch valve’s construction • Describe various types of positioners
• Discuss the operation of check valves
facilitates its function • Compare basic operation of the three Process Systems
• Describe the construction of each of the
• Identify applications where pinch valves categories of digital positioners and Operations
following types of check valves:
operate most effectively • Explain how a pneumatic positioner works
800
– Swing
– Tilting disk • Describe the operation of an electro-
215-12 Safety and Relief Valves pneumatic positioner
– Lift Industrial Machining
After this lesson, you will be able to describe the and Welding
– Piston
use, selection, and design of safety valves and 215-15 Pressure Regulator Valves
– Butterfly relief valves. This lesson describes the basic design and
– Stop function of common types of pressure regulating COURSE LISTING
• Describe the major difference between
safety valves and relief valves valves used in industrial facilities. BY TITLE
215-08 Needle Valves
• Explain the principle of operation behind a • Identify basic characteristics of pressure
This lesson describes the use, selection, and safety valve regulating valves NERC ONLINE COURSES
design of a needle valve. • Explain the principle of operation behind a • Describe the basic operation of self-
• Explain the operation of a needle valve pilot operated safety valve operating/pilot valves
• Describe the construction of a needle valve • Explain the principle of operation behind a • Describe the basic operation of direct
• Describe a needle valve’s body design and relief valve control valves
discuss how it contributes to its function • Describe the use of a pilot operated relief • Describe the basic operation of fluid
valve pressure regulating valves

219 Centrifugal Pumps 219-03 Centrifugal Pump
Fundamentals
219-01 Introduction to When you finish this lesson, you will be able to
Centrifugal Pumps use appropriate terminology when discussing the
selection and operation of centrifugal pumps.
At the end of this lesson, you will be able
describe the principle behind centrifugal pump • Define the following terms: 100
construction and state the basic design and – Static head – Discharge head Safety, Health, and
function of both single stage and multistage – Suction head – Friction head 219-08 Impellers and Wear Rings Plant Science
centrifugal pumps.
200
• Explain what is meant by the phrase
“suction lift”
• Describe the principle behind the operation describe the principles behind centrifugal pump
of a centrifugal pump • Describe the relationship between mechanical impellers, pump stages, fluid flow Mechanical
• Identify the basic components that head pressure and pump capacity Maintenance
paths, and basic information regarding wear
comprise a single stage centrifugal pump • Define net positive suction head rings.
• State the difference between a radially split
and axially split centrifugal pump design
• Describe the relationship between
pump cavitation and net positive
• Describe the fundamentals of an impeller 300
suction head • Identify the difference between single and Electrical
• Explain the difference between single-
multi-stage pumps Distribution
suction and double-suction centrifugal
219-04 Centrifugal Pump Operation • State the difference between mechanical
400
pumps
• Describe what is meant by a multi-stage and Maintenance, Part 1 impeller types
centrifugal pump • Explain the difference between single- Electrical
After this lesson, you will be able describe the suction and double-suction from modes
basic start-up procedures used on single and Maintenance
multi-stage centrifugal pumps. In addition, you • Identify types of wear rings
will be able to explain the basic inspections
to be completed on operating centrifugal pumps
219-10 Pump Troubleshooting 500
At the end of this lesson, you will be able to Power Generating
during each shift.
describe basic pump troubleshooting and identify Systems and
• Identify basic pre-start checks and Operations
inspections to complete prior to starting pump visual, audible, and tangible symptoms of
600
a centrifugal pump equipment malfunction.
• Discuss additional checks required for • Recall fundamentals in pump
large, multistage centrifugal pumps troubleshooting Instrumentation
219-02 Centrifugal Pump Design • Describe what is meant by the phrase • Identify visual symptoms and Control
“priming a pump”
700
After completing this lesson, you will be able to • Identify audible symptoms
describe centrifugal pump designs and explain • State inspections conducted on an • Identify tangible symptoms
operating centrifugal pump
the role design plays in matching a pump to a Process Systems
process application. • Define the term “air bound pump” in 219-12 Pump Internal Inspection and Operations
reference to a centrifugal pump and Troubleshooting
800
• Explain the design of a volute pump casing
• Identify when diffuser rings are employed 219-05 Centrifugal Pump Operations This lesson describes an internal inspection of
and describe where a volute would apply and Maintenance, Part 2 a centrifugal pump and identifies unsatisfactory Industrial Machining
when diffuser rings are also employed component conditions. and Welding
• State the difference between a solid When you finish this lesson, you will be able
to Identify different types of pumps, recall • Describe when a pump must be internally
casing and a split casing inspected
pump operations and maintenance items, COURSE LISTING
• Describe the difference between an • Identify internal pump component
axially split and radially split casing identify predictive maintenance concepts, BY TITLE
and recall common pump operating inspectable items
• List three primary purposes of a pump
problems. NERC ONLINE COURSES
casing
• Identify four ways impellers can be • Identify types of pumps 223 Heat Exchangers
classified • Recall best practices for pump
• State the purpose of a thrust bearing maintenance
on a centrifugal pump • Identify predictive/preventative 223-01 Heat Exchanger Theory
• State the purpose of a mechanical seal maintenance items At the end of this lesson, you will be able
on a centrifugal pump • Recall common operating problems to explain how heat is transferred from one

substance to another using heat exchangers. In 225-02 Compressed Air
addition, you will be able to describe the basic System Components
differences between heat exchangers and their
supporting equipment. After this lesson, you will be able to describe
the basic components that make up a typical
• Describe how heat exchangers transfer compressed air system. In addition, you will
heat from one substance to another
• Define conductivity and explain its
223-03 Closed Heat Exchangers be able to explain some basic troubleshooting
techniques used to detect problems in
100
relationship to heat exchanger design This lesson identifies the difference between Safety, Health, and
single and multi-pass heat exchangers, the compressed air systems
• Define convection and explain its Plant Science
relationship to heat exchanger design components of a typical closed heat exchanger, • Describe the purpose and design of
• Identify different heat exchanger designs
and how they function
flow types, and common maintenance and
troubleshooting procedures.
an intercooler on a multi-stage air
compressor 200
• Describe the purpose and design of Mechanical
• Recall necessary supporting equipment • Describe the basic components making up
a typical shell-and-tube heat exchanger an aftercooler Maintenance
for a heat exchanger
300
• Identify the difference between a single • Identify the three basic categories of
pass heat exchanger and a multi-pass heat air purifiers
exchanger • Compare the action of a refrigerant Electrical
• Define parallel flow, cross flow, and dryer unit to a desiccant dryer unit Distribution
counter-flow in regard to shell-and-tube • Explain how ultrasonic analyzers and
heat exchanger operation
• Identify common troubleshooting
vibration analyzers can be used to
diagnose problems in compressed air 400
procedures systems Electrical
• Describe common repair techniques Maintenance
223-02 Open Heat Exchanger 500

Design and Operation 225 Compressors Power Generating
After finishing this lesson, you will be able to Systems and
explain how open heat exchangers use direct 225-01 Plant Compressed Operations
contact to heat condensate and remove non- Air Systems
condensable gases from the condensate. In
addition, you will be able to describe the three When you complete this lesson, you will be 600
able to describe the basic classifications of 225-03 Positive Displacement Instrumentation
basic types of open heat exchangers and the
air compressors used in industrial facilities. In and Control
operational characteristics of each. Compressors
addition, you will be able to explain the operation
• Describe the operation of open heat
exchangers
of service air and control air systems. When you finish this lesson, you will be able
to explain the basic design and operation of
700
• Recall the purposes of a deaerator
• Define air compressor
positive displacement air compressors, including Process Systems
• Recall the primary difference between the both the reciprocating and rotary types. and Operations
• Identify the location of a deaerator in a
two basic categories of air compressors
800
typical condensate system • Describe a positive displacement air
• Give four examples of prime movers used compressor
• Describe the operational characteristics of
to power a compressor
each of the following types of deaerators: • Identify the basic design characteristics Industrial Machining
– Spray-type
• Describe the purposes of the service and Welding
air and control air systems, and identify • Recall the operation of a reciprocating air
– Tray-type examples of equipment powered by each compressor
– Spray-and-tray-type • Define the term ‘air quality’ with regard to a • Explain the operation of the following COURSE LISTING
• Recall the purpose of a venting orifice on a compressed air system types of rotary air compressors: BY TITLE
deaerator • Describe the relationship between – Screw type
• Describe the function of pegging steam, temperature, pressure, and volume in a – Lobe type NERC ONLINE COURSES
and explain how it is used during deaerator compressed air system – Vane type
start-up and shutdown • Explain the benefit of a staged
• Explain the relationship between the DA compression system 225-04 Dynamic Compressors
storage tank and the net positive suction
head to the boiler feed pumps After completing this lesson, you will be able
to describe the basic design and operation

of dynamic air compressors, including both • Describe failure modes of bolted 229-05 Packing Material
centrifugal and axial types. connections
Use and Installation
• List the basic operational characteristics • Define locking mechanisms used on
fasteners After completing this lesson, you will be able to
of dynamic air compressors
describe what packing is and identify common
• Describe the basic design and operation 229-02 O-Rings packing designs, components, and construction.
of a centrifugal air compressor
• Identify the difference between a single This lesson describes the design and purpose
In addition, you will be able to explain general
procedures for installing and removing packing
100
stage and multistage centrifugal air of O-rings and discusses how to use them Safety, Health, and
from pumps and valves.
compressor successfully. Plant Science
• Discuss the need for pump and valve
200
• Explain the minimum requirements of the • Describe the function of an O-ring packing
basic start-up procedure used to put a • Explain the sealing of an O-ring
dynamic air compressor in service • Identify types of packing and explain
• Describe the two main types of O-ring variables considered in packing selection Mechanical
• Describe the basic design and operation of sealing applications Maintenance
an axial air compressor • Describe components of packing glands
• List some considerations when using an
300
• Explain typical procedures for removing
225-06 Axial Compressor O-ring in a vacuum sealing application pump and valve packing
Control Schemes • Identify various materials used in the • Explain typical installation procedures for Electrical
production of O-rings pump and valve packing
At the end of this lesson, you will be able to Distribution
• Discuss common failure modes and how to
400
recall the fundamentals of axial compressor troubleshoot these failures 229-06 Mechanical Seals
control, control system selection, surge control
components, and surge control and avoidance.
• Describe proper techniques for installing Use and Installation
and caring for O-rings Electrical
• Recall fundamentals of axial compressor After this lesson, you will be able to describe Maintenance
control 229-03 Making Gaskets how mechanical seals work and identify the
• Describe axial compressor control system
selections
features of commonly used seal types. In
addition, you will be able to explain proper seal 500
describe different types of gaskets and explain care. Power Generating
• Identify axial compressor surge control common methods for making gaskets from stock Systems and
components materials. • Describe the operation of mechanical seals
Operations
• Recall fundamentals of axial compressor • Recall some advantages and
• Identify different gasket materials and
600
surge control and avoidance disadvantages of mechanical seals
describe conditions for their use
• Describe a typical stationary mechanical
• List the three flange face types generally seal Instrumentation
229 Fasteners and Seals available
• Describe a typical rotating mechanical seal and Control
• Describe three common methods for
700
making gaskets • Identify the difference between a balanced
and an unbalanced mechanical seal
• Explain methods for locating
bolt holes on gaskets • Describe some ways to properly care for Process Systems
mechanical seals and Operations
• Explain the proper
use of a gasket cutter • Identify some common causes of
229-04 Fasteners
mechanical seal leakage
• Explain the steps typically employed to
800
install and remove mechanical seals Industrial Machining
229-01 Bolted Joints At the end of this lesson, you will be able to and Welding
After finishing this lesson, you will be able to describe the design and identify the purpose
of various types of fasteners used in industrial
describe commonly used bolt types and grades
facilities.
231 Positive COURSE LISTING
and discuss their proper use. You will be able to
list common modes of joint failure and identify • Define the purpose of a fastener
Displacement Pumps BY TITLE
some preventive measures. • Identify and describe various types of each NERC ONLINE COURSES
• Identify and describe commonly used types of the following: 231-01 Introduction to Positive
of bolts – Screws – Fastener head Displacement Pumps
• Explain proper tightening of flange bolts – Bolts designs
• Define bolt preload and discuss methods of – Nuts – Nails to describe the basic design and operation
controlling the preload of a fastener – Washers – Retaining rings of positive displacement pumps and identify
• Describe how to identify the grade of a bolt – Rivets operating conditions under which they are

commonly implemented. Additionally, you will 231-03 Rotary Positive 243-02 Hydraulic Systems
be able to discuss the operational differences Displacement Pumps
between the two main classes of positive When you complete this lesson, you will be
displacement pumps, which are reciprocating This lesson describes the design and operation able to identify and describe the purpose of the
and rotary. of rotary positive displacement pumps commonly various components used in hydraulic circuits.
used in the industry. In addition, you will be able to describe the
• Discuss the operating principle behind
positive displacement pumps • Describe the operating characteristics of
rotary positive displacement pumps
components used to control flow through a
hydraulic circuit.
100
• State three operating conditions under Safety, Health, and
which a positive displacement pump • Identify the primary difference between • Describe four purposes the reservoir Plant Science
would best be employed an internal rotary gear pump and external serves in a hydraulic circuit
• Identify the basic components of a
positive displacement pump
rotary gear pump
• Describe the design and operation of each
• Identify the three most common types of
pumps used in hydraulic circuits 200
of the following types of rotary pumps: • Explain the purpose control valves serve in Mechanical
• Discuss the difference between the Maintenance
basic operations of reciprocating and – Screw pumps a hydraulic circuit
300
rotary positive displacement pump – Vane pumps • Describe the basic operation of a
categories – Lobe pumps directional control valve
• Explain the purpose of a metering pump • Describe the purpose of the actuator in a Electrical
hydraulic circuit Distribution
• 243-03 Hydraulic Fluids
243 Hydraulics At the end of this lesson, you will be able to
identify the three basic types of hydraulic fluids.
400
Electrical
You will also be able to describe what you need
Maintenance
to consider when selecting a hydraulic fluid for a
500
specific hydraulic circuit.
• Define hydraulic fluids
Power Generating
• Identify the three basic categories of
hydraulic fluids Systems and
• Identify the most important factor to Operations
231-02 Reciprocating Positive
600
consider when selecting a hydraulic fluid
Displacement Pumps for a specific hydraulic circuit
At the end of this lesson, you will be able to • Discuss the difference between mono- Instrumentation
describe the design and function of reciprocating grades and multigrades and Control
positive displacement pumps commonly used in • Describe the three major causes of
industry.
• Describe the operating characteristics
hydraulic fluid contamination
700
of piston and plunger reciprocating 243-01 Introduction to Hydraulics 243-03 Hydraulic Fluids Process Systems
pumps and Operations
After finishing this lesson, you will be able to When you complete this lesson, you will be able
800
• Identify the difference between single- describe the basic components that comprise a to identify the three basic types of hydraulic
acting and double-acting reciprocating typical hydraulic circuit and explain the function fluids. In addition, you will be able to describe
positive displacement pumps of each. In addition, you will be able to explain some of the considerations that need to be taken Industrial Machining
• Discuss the operation of each of the the use of hydraulic multiplication to increase the into account when selecting a hydraulic fluid for and Welding
following types of reciprocating pump capacity of the hydraulic system. a specific hydraulic circuit.
configurations:
• Describe the basic principle of hydraulics • Define hydraulic fluids COURSE LISTING
– Simplex
• Explain the effect air can have on hydraulic • Identify the three basic categories of BY TITLE
– Duplex hydraulic fluids
systems
– Multiplex • Identify the most important factor to
• Identify five components common to most NERC ONLINE COURSES
• Describe the basic operating hydraulic systems consider when selecting a hydraulic fluid
characteristics of a reciprocating for a specific hydraulic circuit
diaphragm pump • Describe two key considerations that must
be taken into account when selecting a • Discuss the difference between mono-
hydraulic pump grades and multi[1]grades
• Identify the two most common types of • Describe the three major causes of
hydraulic circuits hydraulic fluid contamination

271 Vibration 271-04 Plant Vibration Program • Describe how to inspect the fireside of
the boiler waterwalls for tube erosion and
At the end of this lesson, you will be able to corrosion
describe a typical plant’s vibration program • Describe how to inspect the fireside of the
and discuss how it contributes to the plant’s boiler waterwalls for tube overheating
operational readiness.
100
• Describe how to inspect the fireside of the
• Describe the components of a typical boiler waterwalls for ash accumulations
vibration database • Describe how to inspect the fireside of the Safety, Health, and
• Explain why some equipment has boiler waterwalls for weld failures Plant Science
permanently installed vibration equipment • Describe how to inspect the burner
200
and describe how that equipment works openings, air ports, and inspection doors
271-01 Vibration Introduction • Describe how periodic vibration data on the fireside of the boiler
collection with portable equipment fits into • Describe some ways used to determine Mechanical
After this lesson, you will be able to define basic a plant’s vibration program Maintenance
tube thickness on the waterwalls of a boiler
terms and measurement units associated with • Identify the difference between vibration
vibration. You will also be able to describe the
relationship between a machine’s operating
warnings and alarms, and discuss
appropriate responses
300
speed and vibration problems. Electrical
• Identify groups typically involved in a plant
• Explain the relationship between excitation vibration program and describe their roles Distribution
400
and vibration
• Describe the time and frequency domains
of vibration measurement 273 Boiler Repair Electrical
• Describe the three basic measurements Maintenance
for vibration amplitude: 273-01 Boiler Tube Repair
– Displacement
– Velocity When you finish this lesson, you will be able 500
– Acceleration to describe different types of tube assemblies Power Generating
• Identify the mathematical relationship which may need repair in a boiler. You will Systems and
between those three attributes and give be able to list common causes of leaks and Operations
reasons for measuring each procedures for repairing the tube and tube
• Describe the relationship between a
machine’s rotational speed expressed in
assemblies.
• Describe different types of boiler tube
600
Instrumentation
revolutions per minute (rpm) and cycles assemblies
per minute (cpm) and Control
• List causes of tube leaks and ruptures
273-03 Inspecting the Fireside
• Explain the relationship between machine
rpm and orders
• Explain the procedure for repairing a
ruptured tube by closing of a Boiler, Part 2 700
• Explain the procedure for cladding or When you complete this lesson, you will be able Process Systems
271-02 Vibration Causes shielding a damaged boiler tube to explain some specific things to look for when and Operations
and Characteristics
800
• Explain the procedure for replacing doing a fireside inspection on the superheaters,
After finishing this lesson, you will be able a damaged section of a tube or tube reheaters, economizers, ash hoppers, baffles,
to describe the characteristics of common, assembly sootblowers, and the boiler bottom seal on the Industrial Machining
vibration-causing mechanical faults. • Explain the procedure for repairing a boiler fireside of a large watertube boiler. and Welding
tube using replacement window
• Discuss the common characteristics of a • Describe how to inspect the fireside of a
machine vibrating due to misalignment superheater in a large watertube boiler
273-02 Inspecting the Fireside COURSE LISTING
• Identify the signs of an unbalanced machine • Describe how to inspect the fireside of a
of a Boiler, Part 1 reheater in a large watertube boiler
BY TITLE
• Recognize the characteristics of vibration
caused by: This lesson explains some specific items to • Describe how to inspect a bottom ash NERC ONLINE COURSES
– Mechanical looseness look for when doing a fireside inspection on the hopper in a large watertube boiler
– A faulty bearing watertubes of a large watertube boiler. • Describe how to inspect the fireside of an
– A faulty gear or belt • Describe how to inspect the fireside of the economizer in a large watertube boiler
– An electrical fault boiler waterwalls for support failures • Describe how to inspect baffles on the
• Recognize the vibration characteristics • Describe how to inspect the fireside of the fireside of a large watertube boiler
exhibited by a machine experiencing oil boiler waterwalls for refractory failures and • Describe how to inspect the boiler bottom
whirl clinker damage seal in a large watertube boiler

273-04 Inspecting the cleaning and testing the waterside and fireside
Waterside of a Boiler of a large watertube boiler.
At the end of this lesson you will be able • Recall how to perform a chemical cleaning
procedure to clean the waterside of a large
to identify unacceptable conditions when watertube boiler
performing a water side inspection on steam
drums, moisture separators, headers and tubes
of a large water-tube boiler.
• Recall how to use a hydrostatic testing
procedure to test for leaks in a large 100
watertube boiler Safety, Health, and
• Describe how to inspect on a large water- • Recall how to use a compressed air testing Plant Science
tube boiler: procedure to test for leaks in a large
– The water side of the steam drum
– Moisture separators of a large water-
watertube boiler
• Define what a fireside cleaning of a large
200
tube boiler watertube boiler entails Mechanical
• Identify facts pertaining how to inspect on a Maintenance
• Recall how to close a boiler after fireside
300
large water-tube boiler: cleaning
• Headers • Recall how to pressurize a boiler and
• Tubes check for leaks after a fireside cleaning Electrical
Distribution
273-05 Inspecting a Boiler’s Exterior
After this lesson, you will be able to describe 400
some specific areas to look at, and what to Electrical
look for when inspecting the exterior of a large Maintenance
watertube boiler.
• Describe inspection techniques for the
boiler casing
500
Power Generating
• Describe inspection techniques for the
steam drum
Systems and
Operations
• Describe inspection techniques for safety
600
valves
• Describe inspection techniques for
downcomers and pumps Instrumentation
• Describe inspection techniques around and Control
casing stiffeners and intrusions
700
Process Systems
and Operations
800
and Welding
COURSE LISTING
BY TITLE
NERC ONLINE COURSES

273-06 Waterside and Fireside
Cleaning of Boiler
When you finish this lesson, you will be able
to explain some methods and procedures for

301 Distribution Systems
301-02 Electrical Distribution
300 System Fundamentals*
recognize and understand the process and 100
purpose of designing an electrical power Safety, Health, and
distribution system. Plant Science
200
• Identify the most common sources of
Electrical
electric power generation
• Identify the purpose of electrical Mechanical
distribution system design Maintenance
Transmission and
• Identify the key principles of electrical
distribution system design
• Identify the elements comprising a load
300
area Electrical
Distribution
Distribution
• Identify the technologies considered in
400
electrical distribution system design
• Identify the goals of electrical distribution
system design Electrical
• Identify the organizations regulating the Maintenance
standards for electrical distribution
systems
• Identify the most common voltage
500
systems Power Generating
Systems and
• Recognize common electrical distribution
system types and common components Operations
301-03 Primary and Secondary 600

Distribution Systems* Instrumentation
After completing this lesson, you will be able and Control
to describe primary and secondary distribution
systems, including common system designs.
In addition, you will be able to discuss the
700
Process Systems
benefits of these network systems and and Operations
understand how to create a riser diagram.
• Recall the history of network distribution
systems 800
• Recognize the difference between two
and one breaker system designs and Welding
• Identify the function of a primary
distribution system COURSE LISTING
• Identify the function of a secondary BY TITLE
distribution system
• Recognize the benefits related to network NERC ONLINE COURSES
distribution systems
• Identify the common types of system
design
• Identify the stages of system design
34 HSI | Martech Training Services and SOS *NERC CEHs are available for qualified operators. See page 109 for details.
301-04 Distribution System 301-06 Load Characteristics
Components and Application* and Management*
After this lesson, you will be able to explain the After this lesson, you will be able to discuss
common components of a distribution system. characteristics common to load area demand.
You will also be able to describe the role of the In addition, you will understand how to utilize
substation and its common components. load and load-duration curves to assist
in balancing interchange scheduling and
100
• Recognize distribution system Safety, Health, and
components conducting time error correction.
Plant Science
• Identify the common configuration, • Identify the common terms associated
function, and elements of a simple
distribution system
with load characteristics
• List the categories of load demand areas 200
• Identify primary supply line applications Mechanical
• Explain the difference between kVA and kW
• Recognize the relationship between
Maintenance
• Identify the characteristics of a load
300
transmission, subtransmission, and demand area
primary distribution
• Explain how different load demand areas 301-08 Single and Poly-Phase
• Identify the role of the substation affect the total system Electrical
• Identify the considerations of branch Metering* Distribution
• Explain the purpose of a load curve
lateral design After finishing this lesson, you will be able to
400
• Draw and label a load curve
• Recognize the differences in overhead and discuss single and poly-phase specific meters
underground component configuration • Explain the purpose of a load-duration
including meter constants. In addition, you
curve Electrical
will be able to describe the process for meter
• Draw and label a load-duration curve reading, testing, and calibration. Maintenance
500
• Explain the function of the load and
load-duration curves • State the purpose of the watt-hour meter
• List the four contributing factors of • List the units of measurement used in
revenue metering Power Generating
demand deviation Systems and
• Conduct a load forecasting exercise • Identify the electrical and mechanical
principles of meter operation Operations
• Define power factor correction
600
• Explain meter constants and their purpose
• List the formulas used to calculate load growth
• State the differences in single and three
• Demonstrate the ability to complete a phase construction Instrumentation
load curve model
• Explain Blondel’s Theorem and Control
• Demonstrate the ability to assist with a
700
301-05 Characteristics of power factor correction • Explain the purpose of calibrating single
and polyphase meters
Distribution Switchgear*
301-07 Principles of • Explain the difference between as-found Process Systems
When you finish this lesson, you will be and as-left information
able to identify various types of electrical
Revenue Metering* and Operations
• Demonstrate inspection and maintenance
800
switchgear encountered in common distribution This lesson explains the principles of revenue procedures for single-phase and poly-
systems. In addition, you will understand how metering and how they affect the provider and phase meters
to effectively make modifications to system customer relationship. • Explain the process of calibrating a single Industrial Machining
designs by combining and replacing switchgear • Define common terminology related to phase meter and Welding
applications. utility revenue metering • Explain the process of calibrating a poly-
• Recognize the impact of switching • Identify general requirements regarding phase meter COURSE LISTING
operations in distribution system safety reliability, accuracy, and documentation to • Identify the function of a solid-state digital BY TITLE
• Identify common types of switchgear ensure accurate revenue metering meter
• Identify the function of disconnect • Recognize detailed requirements regarding • Explain the purpose of the rotating NERC ONLINE COURSES
equipment meters, instrument transformers, and data standard
transmission subsystems
• Identify common applications of switchgear • Locate requirements pertaining to use of
• Identify the responsibilities for installation, a rotating standard
• Identify the purpose of a fused switch calibration, and maintenance of revenue
disconnect • Perform a digital meter calculation
meters
• Recognize the fundamental elements of • Demonstrate applications for load profile
• Identify revenue data and meter authority
circuit breakers serving as switchgear data
requirements
345 Introduction to NERC • Recall the function of a basic relay
protection schematic
350-02 Types of Protective Relays*
When you complete this lesson you will
• Identify the basic function of commonly
345-01 NERC Overview and used relays understand the basic operating principles of
Application for Generator Operators* common protective relays and how they are
• Identify relay DC supply associated with
employed in protection systems.
100
At the end of this lesson, you will be able protective relays
• Recall resulting actions from relay operation • Recall the purpose of relay protection
to identify the requirements and standards
schemes Safety, Health, and
associated with NERC accountable non-system • Identify common internal faults of
operator Generator Operators (GOP). generation units • Identify the eight types of transmission Plant Science
circuits subject to relay loadability
200
• Identify the purpose of NERC and the • Recall external system conditions on
generation units • Identify the five types of generation
role of a GOP facilities subject to relay loadability
• Identify BAL standards applicable to • Define the term Composite Protection Mechanical
System • Recall the evolution of relay design
the GOP Maintenance
• Identify applications of Composite • List the three major types of relay
• Identify COM standards applicable to
300
Protection Systems construction and explain how they differ
the GOP
• Recall the purpose of UFLS programs • Identify the conditions causing the basic
• Identify CIP standards applicable to
the GOP
operation of instantaneous relays Electrical
• Recall the purpose of a Remedial Action
Scheme • Identify the strengths and limitations of Distribution
• Identify EOP standards applicable to instantaneous relays
400
the GOP
• Identify the strengths and limitations of
• Identify IRO standards applicable to time delay relays
the GOP Electrical
• Identify the strengths and limitations of Maintenance
• Identify PRC standards applicable to differential relays
the GOP
• Identify TOP standards applicable to
the GOP
• Recall how directionality can be obtained
in an AC power system 500
• Recall how impedance is used to detect Power Generating
• Identify VAR standards applicable to faults on the electric system Systems and
the GOP
• Identify why overlapping zone protection Operations
345-02 NERC Overview is needed when using impedance

relays
600
recall the history, purpose, and key roles in the 350 System Protection Instrumentation
NERC System Operations realm. and Control
700
• Recall the history and structure of NERC 350-01 Elements of System Protection*
• Recognize Real-Time Functional Entity After this lesson you will understand the basic
tasks and responsibilities principles of system protection. Additionally, Process Systems
• Identify NERC standards common to you will understand the basic equipment and Operations
the Real-Time horizon
800
and methods deployed to realize protection
principles.
345-03 PER-006 for Generator
• Identify the philosophy and objectives Industrial Machining
Operators of system protection and Welding
When you complete this lesson, you should • Recall zones of protection
understand the operational functionality of
350-03 Monitoring System
Protection Systems and Remedial Action
• Identify the importance of protection Conditions* COURSE LISTING
coordination BY TITLE
Schemes that affect the output of generating This lesson explains the purpose of PRC-002-2,
• Identify the three different levels of
facilities. backup protection and how system conditions are monitored
NERC ONLINE COURSES
• Identify the philosophy and objectives of through the application of per-unit measure-
• Recall different types of breaker
system protection construction ments, AC polarity, and basic potential
• Define zones of protection transformer and current transformer construction
• Recall the function of a basic relay and operation.
• Identify the importance of protection protection schematic
coordination • Identify the basic functions of • Identify settings established in R1 through
• Identify relay sensing and input devices commonly used relays R4 of PRC-002-2
• Recall how the per-unit scale differs from 350-05 Line Protection* • Identify the different types of pressure
percentage comparisons protection
This lesson explains basic power system line
• Recall how phasors and vectors are related • Recall the advantages and disadvantages
relay loadability and how various protection of using fuses, circuit switchers, and
• Identify phasor application in a three phase methods are applied to isolate faults on these
power system circuit breakers for overcurrent protection
systems.
100
• Recall the phase relationship between • Recall how ground fault protection is able
phase to neutral and phase to ground • Recall the purpose of Transmission Relay to distinguish between an internal and
voltage measurements Loadability external fault Safety, Health, and
• List the basic components of a transformer • Identify the applicability of PRC-023-4 to • Recall the basic operation of differential Plant Science
functional entities protection
200
• Calculate the secondary output of a
transformer given input values and turns • Recall the process of coordinating • Identify the different methods used to
ratio protection between fuses and overcurrent manage inrush current
protection relays • Identify the conditions required for reactor Mechanical
• Recall the difference between VTs, PTs, Maintenance
and CCVTs • Recall the difference between fuse saving banks to perform similar to transformers
and fuse blowing protection schemes
300
• Recall the relationship between primary • Recall how capacitor banks detect and
and secondary current as magnetic flux • Identify the strengths and weaknesses of protect against severe imbalance
reaches saturation using overcurrent protection relays • Identify the limitations of differential Electrical
• Recall how relays are connected to PTs • Identify the strengths and weaknesses of protection with phase shifting Distribution
and CTs and how this relates to burden using distance relays transformers
• Recall how ground fault relay settings
are different between distribution and 350-07 Pilot Protection* 400
transmission systems After lesson you will understand the major Electrical
• Recall the process by which mutual forms of communications channels used by Maintenance
induction can cause false trips in adjacent
500
pilot protection, as well as the basic functions
lines of the more common pilot protection schemes
• Define overlapping zones of protection deployed in power system protection. Power Generating
• Identify methods of protection against • Recall why pilot protection systems are Systems and
voltage instability needed Operations
• Recall the difference between manual and • Identify the strengths and weaknesses of
350-04 Disturbance Monitoring

automatic load shedding the major communications channels
• Identify which communications mediums
600
Equipment* Instrumentation
are capable of high bandwidth data
transmission and Control
700
explain why Disturbance Monitoring Equipment • Identify the differences between
(DME) is required, identify and apply guidelines permissive, blocking, and direct transfer
trip schemes Process Systems
of applicable NERC standards, recognize types
and applications of common DME, and conduct • Recall how pilot protection both and Operations
accurate DME data reporting. manipulates and makes use of time
• Identify the purpose of DME
delays
• Define the difference between
800
• Recall the two universal requirements of overreaching and underreaching Industrial Machining
DME installation schemes and Welding
• Identify the common types of DME
• Recall NERC requirements for Disturbance 350-09 Bus Protection*
COURSE LISTING
Monitoring and Reporting When you finish this lesson you will understand BY TITLE
• Recall NERC requirements for DME 350-06 Transformer Protection the six basic substation bus configurations and
installation and Data Reporting
After finishing this lesson you will understand the various relaying systems used to protect NERC ONLINE COURSES
• Recall the four types of data required for a the basic construction and protection methods them.
three year archive commonly used in transformer protection. • Define the basic construction types for
• Recognize DME application with the four substations
DME application measurements • Recall the basic construction of a common
power transformer • Identify the strengths and weaknesses
• Recall the considerations of disturbance of the six prominent bus configurations
recording and analysis • Identify the different types of transformer
faults
• Define how a fault on a bus would 350-11 Protection System • Recall critical considerations of
impact each of the six different bus Protections Systems Maintenance
configurations
Misoperation*
• Recall the fundamentals of Protection
• Define how backup protection can be At the end of this lesson, you will be able Systems Maintenance Programs
made to respond quicker to bus faults to define the term Misoperation and identify • Identify and discuss the three types
conditions registering as such.
• Define how fault bus protection can
present a hazard to personnel • Identify the two aspects of protection
of Protection System Maintenance
Programs 100
• Define how CT saturation causes issues system design • Identify and discuss common Safety, Health, and
with basic differential protection • Recall the process of analyzing Protection System Maintenance Plant Science
• Define how high impedance relaying Protection System Misoperation practices
mitigates CT saturation effects
• Define how linear couplers completely
• Recall the process of developing and
implementing a Corrective Action Plan
200
(CAP) 375 Resource and Mechanical
eliminate saturation issues
Maintenance
• Identify evidence required to prove Demand Balancing
300
compliance with CAP procedures
• Define Responsible Entity compliance
with PRC-004-5(i) 375-01 Real Power Balancing Electrical
• Recall the timelines for identifying the Control Performance* Distribution
cause of a Misoperation for compliance At the end of this lesson, you will be able to
with PRC-004-5(i)
• Identify the facilities subject to regulation
identify the fundamentals of generation and
load balance, Area Control Error (ACE), and
400
of PRC-005-6 Electrical
comply with the regulations of BAL-001-2.
Maintenance
• Define Functional Entity compliance with • Identify the fundamentals of
500
PRC-005-6 generation and load balancing
• Identify the fundamentals of ACE
Power Generating
• Identify the purpose of BAL-001-2
Systems and
• Describe ACE and its components Operations
• Describe CPS1 and its components
350-10 Generator Protection*
After completing this lesson you should
• Describe BAAL and its components 600
understand generator protection schemes and 375-02 Disturbance Instrumentation
NERC standards as they apply to generator and Control
Control Performance*
protection methods and requirements.
• Identify common internal faults of
After finishing this lesson, you will understand
the requirements for recovery from a
700
generation units Process Systems
disturbance, what is deemed a Reportable
• Identify reportable system conditions Disturbance, and how Contingency Reserves and Operations
of PRC-019-2
800
play a role in disturbance recovery.
• Recall external system conditions on
generation units • Recall the purpose of the Disturbance
Control Standard Industrial Machining
• Define the term Composite Protection
System • Define common terms used in and Welding
Disturbance Control Performance
• Recall applications of Composite
Protection Systems 350-12 Protection Systems • Identify the defining characteristic of COURSE LISTING
• Recall the purpose of UFLS programs
Maintenance Programs* a Reportable Disturbance
BY TITLE
When you complete this lesson, you will be • Recall the requirements of NERC’s
• Recall generator relay settings and Disturbance Control Standard
loadability able to identify protection system terminology NERC ONLINE COURSES
and assets and comply with applicable NERC • Identify the prevalent types of
• Identify common protective relay Contingency Reserves
loadability schemes standards.
• Examine three case studies related
• Recall the conditions of a Remedial • Define basic terminology associated with to Disturbance Control Performance
Action Schemes protection system maintenance programs
375-03 Frequency • Define Interpersonal Communication
and Alternative Interpersonal
377 Critical Infrastructure
Response and Bias* Communication Protection
This lesson describes the requirements • Explain how the 11 requirements of
necessary for a Balancing Authority to calculate NERC Standard COM-001-2 apply to 377-01 CIP Personnel
Area Control Error and to have Automatic NERC system operator positions
Generation Control that can dispatch Regulating
Reserves as needed.
• Describe how the 11 requirements of
NERC Standard COM-001-2 apply to
Responsibilities*
This course explains Critical Infrastructure
100
Safety, Health, and
• Describe the basics of Frequency Control non-system operator positions Protection (CIP) training and planning
requirements, and the applicable NERC CIP Plant Science
• Describe normal and abnormal Frequency • Explain communication maintenance
200
Deviations testing schedules and requirements standards as they apply to maintaining the
• Explain the migration to NASPI stability of the BES.
• Identify terminology related to frequency
response activities • Identify the responsible entities and Mechanical
facilities affected by CIP-004-6 and Maintenance
• Describe the four requirements of
CIP-008-5
300
BAL-003-1.1
• List the five classes of applicable systems
• Identify the elements of BAL-003-1.1
Attachment A • Recognize the relationship between Electrical
documented processes, programs, and Distribution
• Describe the basics of frequency deviation
plans
400
• Describe the process of frequency
• Identify the required documented
deviation response
processes associated with security
awareness programs Electrical
375-05 Automatic Generation Control*
• Identify the content required for training Maintenance
When you finish this lesson you will understand programs listed in CIP-004-6 R1 through
the requirements necessary for a Balancing
Authority to be able to calculate Area Control
R5
• Identify the content and frequency of
500
Error and to have Automatic Generation Control implementation required for a Cyber Power Generating
(AGC) that can dispatch Regulating Reserves as Security Incident response plan Systems and
needed. 376-02 Bulk Power System • Identify reporting requirements associated Operations
Communications and Coordination*
600
• Recall the difference between primary and with the Cyber Security Incident response
secondary controls After this lesson, you will be able to plan
• Recall how AGC systems operate in an communicate clearly and concisely according Instrumentation
isolated power system setting to documented protocols using three-part and Control
• Identify the three AGC system control communication and the phonetic alphabet.
modes
• Identify the role of AGC systems in
• Identify the four principles of interpersonal
communication
700
Process Systems
Balancing Authority operations • Recall the development of interpersonal and Operations
• Recall the requirements of NERCs communications
800
Balancing Authority Control standard • Recognize the importance of Operating
Instructions to the BES
• Recall a general description of three-part Industrial Machining
376 Communications communication and Welding
• Recognize the letter-word combinations 377-02 CIP Perimeters and
376-01 Bulk Power System in the phonetic alphabet
Configurations* COURSE LISTING
Communication Basics* • Recall the phonetic alphabet when BY TITLE
relaying information After finishing this course, you should
This lesson explains the three levels of BPS understand the safeguards for BES Cyber
• Recall the requirements of the NERC ONLINE COURSES
communication as they relate to the system current NERC Operating Personnel Systems as outlined in CIP-005-5 and
operator. Communications Protocol Standard CIP-010-2.
• Describe the basics of BPS communication • Conduct simulation exercises for • Identify and define important CIP
• Explain the importance of fiber optic three-part communication terminology
network configuration • Demonstrate three-part communication • Identify the applicable systems regarding
when relaying Operating Instructions ESPs and EAPs
• Recognize how dial-up connectivity is
managed to maintain cyber security
377-04 CIP Related BES 378 Emergency
Recovery Plans* Operations Planning
• Recognize what interactive remote
access management means and what Upon completion of this lesson, you will be able
requirements are defined in CIP-005-5 to categorize BES Cyber Systems according 378-01 Emergency Policies
to CIP-002-5.1a requirements and implement
and Procedures*
100
• Identify the components of a baseline
configuration and the change management a Recovery Plan meeting the requirements of
requirements CIP-009-6. At the end of this lesson, you will be able
Safety, Health, and
• List how to perform configuration • Define BES Cyber System Categorization to determine the actions, processes, and
Plant Science
monitoring and vulnerability assessments procedures instituted by different levels of
• Recall the requirements of CIP-002-5.1a
200
in accordance with CIP-010-2 NERC system operators to improve emergency
• Identify the criteria used to label a high response during widespread electric system
impact BES Cyber System
disruptions. Mechanical
• Identify the criteria used to label a medium
impact BES Cyber System • Define the purpose of emergency policies Maintenance
and procedures
300
• Identify the criteria used to label a low
impact BES Cyber System • Recall the roles and responsibilities of
• Recognize the applicability of BES System NERC system operators Electrical
Categorization • Recall the three standard electrical Distribution
• Define what a Recovery Plan is as outlined emergency stages
in CIP-009-6
• Recall the specifications for developed
• Identify the common procedures for each
of the emergency stages 400
recovery plans • List procedures and actions common to Electrical
• Identify how to effectively implement and blackout policymaking Maintenance
377-03 Controls
500
test a recovery plan • Recall the development and evaluation
and Management* • Recall how to communicate the development process of an electrical grid emergency
of and changes to a recovery plan plan Power Generating
adhere to NERC compliance measures, identify Systems and
specific information required by NERC CIP 377-05 CIP Physical Security* Operations
standards, and ensure the protection of BES After this lesson, you will be able to comply with
Cyber Assets and devices.
• Identify the purpose of security
the requirements of NERC standards regarding
CIP Physical Security measures.
600
Instrumentation
management control policies • Identify the Functional Entities tasked and Control
• Identify topics and strategies of policy with physical security
implementation
• Identify management and compliance
• Recall the purpose of CIP-006-6 and
CIP-014-2 700
controls • Identify how aggregate weighted value is Process Systems
• Identify roles responsible for administrative determined and Operations
control
800
• Identify the goal of the BCS Physical 378-02 Capacity and Energy
• Recognize the process of authority Security Program
Emergencies
delegation • Identify the difference between PACS and Industrial Machining
• Recognize the process of identifying BES EACMS After finishing this lesson, you will understand
and Welding
Cyber Assets • Identify three categories of physical access the responsibilities and expected actions to take
• Identify critical control measures of CIP control during a capacity and energy emergency.
standards • Identify BCS physical security areas of • Explain the four levels of Energy COURSE LISTING
concern Emergency Alerts BY TITLE
• Identify concerns associated with
compliance to high and medium impact • Identify common physical threats to • List the actions a Balancing Authority is
requirements transmission assets expected to take in an energy emergency NERC ONLINE COURSES
• Identify audit recommendations and • Recognize applicability and security • Describe the role that the Reliability
assistance tips for compliance with high components of CIP-014-2 Coordinator plays during an energy
and medium impact requirements • Identify evidence that supports technical emergency
• Identify concerns associated with low studies and analysis • Explain the expected actions by the
impact assets • Identify considerations of Transmission Balancing Authority to return its ACE to
asset physical security zero
381 Interconnection Reliability • Explain the difference between the three
levels of non-compliance in standard IRO-
• Identify common transmission line voltages
and components
Operations and Coordination 001-1.1 • Describe how reactive power affects the
transmission system
381-05 Reliability Coordination • Describe basic BES Load characteristics
386 Transmission Operations
— Planning and Operations*
100
and categories
• Describe the basic practice of power flow
identify the different aspects of BPS planning
386-01 Reliability Responsibilities control on a transmission system Safety, Health, and
and operation and enact them in your facility to and Authorities Plant Science
200
support stable system operations. When you complete this lesson you will
• Identify basic concepts of Bulk Power understand the responsibility and authority
System (BPS) Planning for Reliability granted to various entities under system Mechanical
• Identify the fundamental elements emergencies so the reliability of the Maintenance
associated with a NERC directed Interconnection can be maintained.
Operating Plan
• Identify System Reliability Characteristics
• Describe the hierarchy of who can issue
and who must follow reliability directives
300
Electrical
and Guidelines for Bulk Power System • Understand the exceptions under which
Planning
Distribution
a reliability directive does not need to be
400
• Identify Demand and Load Forecasting followed
information and procedures • Explain what must be done if a reliability
• Identify methods of addressing demand directive is not followed 387-03 Economic Power Electrical
uncertainty • Describe the expectations for providing System Operations* Maintenance
emergency assistance
• Explain the process of removing a BES
facility from service which adversely
recognize the system conditions contributing to 500
or negatively impacting stable operations and Power Generating
impacts other entities
inefficient generation unit loading. Systems and
• Understand the responsibility and authority Operations
bestowed upon the Transmission Operator • Identify the differences between fixed and
600
variable costs
• Describe the efficient operation of modern
387 System Operations generating units Instrumentation
• Describe economic generator loading and Control
387-01 Energy Production • Describe the effects of varying fuel costs
381-06 Coordinating Entities and Transfers* • Describe economic factors associated with
the following types of generation:
700
Process Systems
and Duties* This lesson identifies the elements associated – Nuclear and Operations
with the production and transfer of energy in
After this lesson, you will be able to identify the – Geothermal
800
power systems.
authority, plans, agreements, and responsibilities – Solar and wind
of NERC Functional Entities. You will also be • Identify the fundamentals of energy
production and transfer • Describe losses on a transmission system Industrial Machining
able to define the roles of Generator Operators
• Describe the factors of division of load • Describe the economic interchange of and Welding
(GO), Transmission Service Providers (TSP), power
Purchasing-Selling Entities (PSE), and other between generators
major reliability entities. • Describe how power systems are operated 387-04 Power System COURSE LISTING
in parallel BY TITLE
• Identify the purpose of IRO-001-1.1 Control Elements*
• List the eight entities active in coordinating 387-02 Transmission Operations* After finishing this lesson, you will be able to
and conducting power transactions NERC ONLINE COURSES
At the end of this lesson, you will be able to demonstrate an understanding of the elements
• Identify the nine requirements of a required to control power systems within defined
Reliability Coordinator (RC) during understand the fundamentals and basic control
strategies of transmission systems. parameters.
transactions
• Identify common responsibilities of the four • Identify the basic functions and limitations • Identify common power system control
NERC system operator classes of a transmission system in a power grid parameters
• Describe frequency control
• Describe Automatic Generation Control 388-02 Active and Reactive
• Describe the basic concept of Power Limits and Flows*
interconnected operations
• Identify common types of tie-line
operation to determine both active and reactive power
flow values and differentiate between voltage,
• Describe Tie-Line Bias
• Identify the elements of Area Control
stability, and thermal limits. 100
Error (ACE) • Recognize fundamental concepts of AC Safety, Health, and
power flow Plant Science
• Describe Accumulated Frequency Error
• Identify how resistance and reactance
387-05 Interconnected are affected by line characteristics of an
electrical circuit 200
Energy Accounting* • Calculate the value and flow direction of Mechanical
After this lesson, you will be able to identify the real power Maintenance
basic concepts associated with accounting for 387-10 Power System Restoration*
300
• Calculate the value and flow direction of
energy transferred between two power systems. reactive power
• Identify the purpose of energy accounting identify the basic concepts associated with • Recall the flow direction of real and Electrical
reactive power given bus conditions Distribution
• Identify common metering arrangements power system restoration such as terms and
critical issues. • Identify the three categories of power
400
• Identify how power flow is measured
transfer limits
• Identify fundamentals of Interchange • Identify fundamental concepts of
Negotiations power system restoration • Recognize which of the three power
transfer limits is the most restrictive in a Electrical
• Identify fundamentals of Interconnected • Identify common causes of system given scenario Maintenance
Energy Accounting blackouts and separations
500
• Determine distribution factors on a mock
• Identify fundamentals of Inadvertent • Identify critical power system power system
Energy accounting restoration issues
Power Generating
• Identify specific considerations of
387-07 Supervisory Control and Data transmission system restoration Systems and
Acquisition Systems (SCADA)* Operations
This lesson identifies the basic control and
communication functions performed by Master 388 Active and Reactive Power 600
Units and Remote Terminal Units (RTU) of Instrumentation
SCADA systems. 388-01 Active and Reactive and Control
Power Fundamentals*
700
• Identify fundamental concepts of
SCADA applications in a BES setting
• Identify fundamentals of control and identify fundamental concepts of active and Process Systems
supervision functions performed by reactive power, angle relationships, and the and Operations
SCADA Master Units and RTUs
factors affecting power flow values.
• Identify methods of communication
between SCADA Master Units and • Identify the fundamental concepts of 800
RTUs active, reactive, and complex power Industrial Machining
• Select basic operations performed by • Identify the relationship between the and Welding
SCADA Master Units different angles affecting a power
system
• Select basic operations performed by COURSE LISTING
SCADA RTUs • Identify how a synchroscope is used
to determine angle magnitude BY TITLE
• Identify how SCADA systems perform
operations logging functions • Identify the elements used in active
and reactive power transfer equations NERC ONLINE COURSES
• Identify common supporting
applications performed by SCADA • Identify the major factors affecting
systems in a BES setting active power flow
• Identify the major factors affecting
reactive power flow
401 Direct Current (DC)
401-01 Electron Theory
400 At the end of this lesson, you will be able to
discuss basic electron theory and explain how
the interaction between electrons and protons 100
of atoms creates electrical energy. You will also Safety, Health, and
be able to identify the factors that affect the Plant Science
movement of electrons, and explain how these
200
Electrical
factors are measured.
• Define electricity, current, voltage, and Mechanical
resistance
Maintenance
• Describe the structure of an atom
Maintenance
• Explain how voltage is produced
• Explain the term magnetic field
300
Electrical
401-02 Magnetism and Distribution
400
Electromagnetism Explained
This lesson describes the basic principles of
magnetism. Electrical
Maintenance
• Describe the interactions between current,
magnetic fields and stationary or moving
conductors 500
• Describe the right-hand rules for Power Generating
conductors, electromagnets, and Systems and
generators Operations
• Describe the left-hand rule for motors
401-03 Ohm’s and Kirchoff’s 600

Laws Relating to DC Circuits Instrumentation
and Control
describe Ohm’s law, the basic formula for finding
power (in watts), and Kirchoff’s first and second 700
laws as they relate to DC circuits. Process Systems
and Operations
• Explain Ohm’s as it relates to DC circuits
• Describe the formula for determining power
in a DC circuit 800
• Explain Kirchhoff’s current law using a DC Industrial Machining
circuit example and Welding
• Explain Kirchhoff’s voltage law using a DC
circuit example COURSE LISTING
BY TITLE
401-04 Evaluating Series and
Parallel DC Circuit Performance NERC ONLINE COURSES
how current, voltage, resistance, and power
flow through series and parallel DC circuits. You
will also be able to calculate values of current,
voltage, resistance, and power flow in DC series
and parallel circuits. Finally, you will be able

to explain some techniques for evaluating DC and DC power, define terminology relating to • Define inductance
circuit performance. graphing AC power, and explain what is meant • Determine the total inductance of a circuit
• Explain the manner current flows through by effective values of AC power. You will also • Describe inductive reactance and what is
DC series and parallel circuits be able to describe the common production of needed to calculate its value in the circuit
AC power and define terminology regarding the
• Describe the method of determining
100
voltage in DC series and parallel circuits characteristics of AC power.
• Explain calculating resistance in DC series • Explain the difference between AC power
circuits and DC power Safety, Health, and
• Describe the calculations of power in DC • Define terminology relating to graphing AC Plant Science
power
200
series and parallel circuits
• Explain some techniques for evaluating DC • Explain what is meant by effective values
circuit performance of AC power
Mechanical
• Describe the common production of AC Maintenance
401-05 Determine Circuit Outputs power
from Specified Inputs
• Define terms regarding some
characteristics of AC power 300
Electrical
able to use formulas to compute DC series and
Distribution
parallel circuit outputs based on the known
402-04 Capacitance in AC Circuits
400
inputs.
• Compute total current flow through a After this lesson, you will understand how
DC series circuit capacitance reacts in an AC circuit, be able Electrical
• Compute total resistance in a DC series to calculate total values, and understand Maintenance
calculations for capacitive reactance.
500
circuit
• Compute voltage drops across individual • Describe the properties of a capacitor
resistors in a DC series circuit and an electrostatic field Power Generating
• Compute total voltage drop through all • Describe how a capacitor charges and Systems and
resistors in a DC series circuit discharges Operations
• Compute power dissipated in DC series 402-02 Ohm’s and Kirchhoff’s • Describe how a capacitor opposes the
circuits
• Calculate the total power in a DC series
Laws Involving AC Circuits voltage in a circuit
• Identify the values of capacitance
600
circuit After finishing this lesson, you will be able to Instrumentation
describe Ohm’s Law and Kirchhoff’s current • Describe capacitance in series and in and Control
• Compute the current in branches of a parallel
and voltage laws as they relate to AC circuits.
700
parallel DC circuit • Demonstrate the calculation of
You will also be able to calculate power in a
• Compute the total current in a DC parallel capacitive reactance
resistive AC circuit.
circuit Process Systems
• Compute the potential (voltage drop) • Describe Ohm’s Law as it relates to 402-05 Impedance in AC Circuits and Operations
across resistors in a DC parallel circuit AC circuits
800
• Compute power dissipated in the resistors • Describe Kirchhoff’s current law using
an AC circuit example determine the total impedance of an AC circuit
of a DC parallel circuit and apply Ohm’s Law to find other unknown
• Describe Kirchhoff’s voltage law using Industrial Machining
• Compute total power in a DC parallel values. and Welding
circuit an AC circuit example
• Apply Ohm’s Law to determine power • Describe a phasor diagram
• Compute the total resistance in a DC
parallel circuit in a resistive AC circuit • Demonstrate the use of Ohm’s Law to COURSE LISTING
calculate for unknowns in an AC circuit BY TITLE
402-03 Inductance in AC Circuits • Define impedance
402 Alternating Current (AC) When you complete this lesson, you will • Identify the steps to find impedance in NERC ONLINE COURSES
understand and calculate values of inductance a resistive/inductive series AC circuit
and find the total amount of inductive reactance • Identify the steps to find impedance in
402-01 Introduction to in a circuit. a resistive/capacitive series AC circuit
Alternating Current (AC) • Identify the different steps needed to find
• Describe the principle of induction
At the end of this lesson, you will be able to impedance in a parallel AC circuit
• Define the three factors needed for of resistance and reactance
explain the differences between AC power electromagnetic induction

402-06 AC Power • List the basic components of an AC
induction motor and its functions
• Discuss the operating characteristics of
calculate for unknown values in a power triangle single-phase AC induction motors
and calculate power factor.
• Compare the design and function of the
100
• Describe the trigonometric functions following pairs of motors:
for right triangles 405-02 Harmonics
– A single-phase AC induction motor
• Identify the differences between real, After completing this lesson, you will be able to and a three-phase AC induction motor Safety, Health, and
apparent, and reactive power describe problems that may arise in electrical – A standard three-phase motor and a Plant Science
• Describe power factor systems due to harmonics. In addition, you will wound rotor three-phase motor
• Explain power factor correction
• Describe power in a purely resistive
be able to identify the benefit of equipment with
minimal harmonic distortion and discuss the
– A standard squirrel cage three-phase
induction motor and a three-phase 200
wiring methods used to minimize the effects of wound rotor AC induction motor Mechanical
AC circuit
harmonics. Maintenance
• Describe power in a capacitive or 409-02 AC Generators
300
inductive circuit • Discuss the increase of harmonics in
electrical equipment and systems When you complete this lesson, you will
• Apply power value calculation
• Describe harmonic frequency and explain understand how an AC generator produces Electrical
402-07 Fundamentals of how harmonic frequencies are caused an AC voltage. Distribution
Three-Phase AC • Identify the difference between linear • List the components of a generator
and non-linear loads
• Describe how motors react to harmonic
• Describe a rotating field generator 400
to identify the construction of an AC circuit, • Identify the purpose of an exciter Electrical
currents
calculate the circuits’ capacity value, and • Explain the process of electromagnetic Maintenance
• Explain harmonic current reactions in induction
conduct power factor corrections in AC circuits.
500
transformers
• Describe the differences between • Describe the sine wave formed when
• Describe problems harmonics cause in a conductor is rotated through a
three-phase and single-phase voltages power systems Power Generating
magnetic field
• Describe the characteristics of delta • Discuss total harmonic distortion and list Systems and
and wye connections • Identify the difference between a
ways to minimize harmonic distortion single-phase voltage sine wave and a Operations
• Calculate current and voltage for three-phase voltage sine wave
delta-connected circuits
• Calculate current and voltage for
405-03 High-voltage AC
This lesson identifies the values of high and
• Explain the relationship between frequency
and speed in an AC generator
600
wye-connected circuits Instrumentation
ultra-high-voltage systems, common system • Explain how to increase voltage produced and Control
• Describe the purpose of power factor components, and high and ultra-high specific in a conductor
• Calculate capacitance needed to make
a power factor correction
measurement and testing considerations.
• Describe the basic concepts of high
700
voltage electricity Process Systems
• Identify the common components used in and Operations
405 Power Quality
800
high voltage power systems
• Describe the basics of high voltage
405-01 Power Quality measurement Industrial Machining
When you finish this lesson, you will be able to • Describe common high voltage testing and Welding
discuss the nature of power supplied to electrical procedures
equipment and list circumstances that affect its COURSE LISTING
quality.
409 Industrial Motors BY TITLE
• Define power quality 409-03 AC Induction Motor Theory
• List some wiring methods that minimize NERC ONLINE COURSES
harmonic frequencies 409-01 AC Induction Motors This lesson describes how an electric AC
induction motor uses the principles of magnetism
• Identify a cause of voltage sag At the end of this lesson, you will be able to and magnetic fields to convert electrical energy
• List some means of protection against describe the design and function of several into mechanical energy.
voltage spikes different types of AC induction motors.
• Describe the makeup of a magnetic field
• Describe unbalance in a three-phase • Identify two main categories of
four-wire system AC induction motors • State the law of magnetism

• Define the following terms: 409-06 Overhauling Induction Motors 409-08 Generator Overhaul
– Magnetic flux
After this lesson, you will be able to describe and When you complete this lesson, you will be
– Polarity properly execute each of the steps necessary to able to discuss the steps taken in shutting
– Motor slip the induction motor overhaul process. down the generator, preparing a generator
– Synchronous speed for maintenance, and considerations when
100
• List preliminary steps taken before starting
• Describe electromagnetic force any motor disassembly conducting the overhaul inspection.
• Discuss the theory behind the operation • Explain how to disconnect the motor leads • Describe preparations for generator Safety, Health, and
of single-phase AC motor rotating stator shutdown that ensure safe working
fields
• Describe the various steps of motor
conditions Plant Science
disassembly and inspection
• Explain the rotation of an AC squirrel
cage rotor
• Identify tests that may be conducted on the
rotor and stator
• Discuss why some systems need to
continue to operate after generator 200
• Discuss the three-phase motor’s rotating shutdown Mechanical
• Explain how to reassemble the motor and
stator field and its associated waveform prepare it for service • Explain the process of purging the Maintenance
hydrogen from the generator
409-04 Troubleshooting
AC Induction Motors
409-07 Generator System • Describe stator component inspection 300
Heat Protection • Describe rotor component inspection Electrical
When you finish this lesson, you will be able After finishing this lesson, you will be able • Identify some of the electrical testing Distribution
to discuss effective troubleshooting procedures conducted on the generator
to discuss industry standard heat reduction
for AC induction motors. You will also be able
to state various problems related to motor
methods for industrial AC power generation,
including hydrogen cooling systems and their
409-09 DC Motors and Generators 400
installation, maintenance, and repair. Electrical
associated equipment. At the end of this lesson, you will understand
how DC generators and motors convert energy Maintenance
• Describe five primary steps to take • Explain why a hydrogen cooling system
500
when troubleshooting motors is a preferred option for operating with AC from one form to another. In addition, you will be
• Identify the information found power generators able to describe basic DC generator and motor
on the motor nameplate winding configurations and identify uses of each Power Generating
• List three properties of hydrogen which
• Describe conditions that can make it the efficient gas to use for industrial type. Systems and
cause a motor to trip or fail to generator cooling purposes • Outline the process of DC voltage Operations
start generation
600
• Describe how a generator is purged of
• Describe the steps for testing hydrogen gas using carbon dioxide gas • Describe the windings and connections
motor insulation and the • Identify hydrogen monitoring systems associated with a DC generator
continuity of winding coils Instrumentation
commonly found in power generation • Describe the windings and connections and Control
facilities associated with a DC motor
409-05 AC Induction
Motor Maintenance
• Discuss why a seal oil system is required
for a hydrogen-cooled generator
• Explain how various types of DC
generators operate 700
This lesson describes general electric motor • Identify the parts of a stator cooling system • Discuss DC motor theory Process Systems
maintenance and inspection activities. commonly found in power generation • Identify and describe various types of DC and Operations
facilities
800
• List the common causes of motor failure motors
• Define the term isolated-phase bus and
• Identify some items to check when
visually inspecting an electric motor
discuss steps to cool it 409-10 Maintenance of Direct Industrial Machining
• List conditions to watch for when Current Motors and Generators and Welding
maintaining electric motors This lesson describes the basic components of a
• Discuss the value of checking and DC motor and a DC generator, and be prepared COURSE LISTING
monitoring motor operating temperatures to conduct basic maintenance and inspections BY TITLE
• Describe the difference between sleeve of each.
bearings and rolling element bearings • Identify the windings and connections of a NERC ONLINE COURSES
• Describe how lubrication differs between DC generator using generator drawings
sealed bearings and open face bearings • Identify the windings and connections of a
• List some common causes of vibration DC motor using motor drawings
• Discuss the value of monitoring voltage • Explain some problems commonly found
with brushes and commutators

• Describe the basics of commutator and
brush maintenance for DC generators and
• Identify characteristics of NEMA motor
classifications
413 AC Drives
motors • Explain the effects of voltage and
• Identify items to be checked as part of frequency deviation 413-01 AC Drives Overview
regular maintenance and inspections • Identify common faults and diagnosis of Upon completion of this lesson, you will
100
AC devices understand the basic designs, purposes, and
applications for AC drive devices.
411 Motor Control Safety, Health, and
• Describe a typical AC drive and explain i
and Protection ts operation Plant Science
200
• Discuss the fundamental concept of
411-01 Introduction to Motor Controls reducing motor speed
• Identify the two main parts of an AC drive Mechanical
draw a simple motor control circuit and describe • Describe the functions of each of the Maintenance
following components:
300
relative ladder logic.
– Rectifier assembly
• Identify symbols used in control circuits
and describe the functions they represent – Inverter Electrical
• Describe input and output devices and – Controls Distribution
identify where they are placed in the circuit
• Describe the function of a manual control
circuit 411-03 Motor Control
400
Electrical
• Explain the difference between a Troubleshooting Maintenance
semiautomatic and an automatic circuit
After finishing this lesson, you will understand
• Describe the path of flow through a motor
control circuit drawing
the basics of troubleshooting motor control
circuits.
500
Power Generating
• Describe the steps for effective Systems and
troubleshooting Operations
• Discuss how breaking down complex
circuits to simple ones assists in
isolating problems 600
Instrumentation
• Describe how to use wiring diagrams
and schematics to locate problems in
415 Transformers and Control
a circuit
411-04 Motor Control Centers

415-01 Transformer Basics 700
At the end of this lesson, you will be able to Process Systems
When you complete this lesson, you will be explain magnetism and electromagnetism and and Operations
able to explain the function of MCCs, common explain the basic principles of electrical voltage
components of an MCC, and the difference
between common classifications and their
transformation.
• Explain the force of magnetism
800
associated wiring schemes. Industrial Machining
• Describe the molecular domains of and Welding
• Identify the principles of motor controls ferromagnetic metals
• Identify common motor control power
411-02 Motor Protection and Faults supplies
• Describe the reaction between like and
COURSE LISTING
unlike magnetic fields
When you complete this lesson, you will be able • Explain the need for circuit protection BY TITLE
• Describe magnetic flux
to explain the difference between internal and • Identify common circuit protection devices
external motor faults. You will also be able to • Define electromagnetism NERC ONLINE COURSES
• Identify common components used in • Explain the changes of field strength in
select the proper overcurrent and short circuit motor control centers
protection devices for motor branch circuits. an electromagnetic coil
• Identify common National Electrical • Define permeability
• Explain demands affecting motor branch Manufacturers Association (NEMA) wiring
circuits classes and types • Explain the left hand rule for coils
• Identify the major parts of a motor branch • Describe the magnetic measurements
circuit of Weber, magnetic flux density, Tesla,

magnetomotive force, field intensity, and • Identify the temperature limits of a 415-04 Special Transformers
reluctance transformer
This lesson identifies the various types of
• Describe the line voltage and the load • Explain the need for an explosion vent
connections to the transformer special transformers and describe how they
• Describe the purpose of a gas relay are used.
• Describe the property of inductance • Explain the purpose of the bushings
100
• Describe electromagnetic induction • Describe the use of a reactor in a circuit
• Describe the purpose of a level gauge
• Describe mutual induction • Identify the circumstances when you
• Explain the necessity of a thermometer would use a choke in a circuit Safety, Health, and
• Describe Lenz’s law and self-induction • Explain the purpose of the transformer • Explain why an isolation transformer Plant Science
• Describe the turns ratio between the nameplate is used to supply power to a variable
200
primary and secondary windings • Explain transformer power ratings speed drive
• Define volts per turn • Explain the effect of sound levels of a • Describe the windings in an auto-
• Explain the use of coil taps in a transformer transformer and their role in selecting a transformer Mechanical
transformer • Compare the purposes of buck-boost Maintenance
• Explain transformer losses from copper
300
loss transformers, potential transformers,
• Describe transformer losses from eddy and current transformers
currents • Identify a scenario where a control Electrical
• Describe hysteresis losses transformer is needed Distribution
• Identify an application that requires a
400
• Define flux loss
K-Factor transformer
• Describe mutual inductance or the
coefficient of coupling Electrical
416 Batteries, Battery Maintenance
Chargers, and UPS
415-03 Transformer Connections 500
When you complete this lesson, you will be able Power Generating
to identify and explain how to make the most 416-01 Battery Basics
Systems and
common types of connections for single-phase After this lesson, you will understand the Operations
and three-phase transformers. You will be able overall design and function of today’s batteries.
to calculate the value of phase voltage and
current, as well as line voltage and current.
In addition, you will be able to identify
maintenance practices you can perform to 600
keep them ready for service. Instrumentation
• Explain how a dual-voltage, single-phase
transformer is wound and connected and Control
• Identify the parts of a voltaic cell
415-02 Transformer Design
700
• Identify the primary and secondary • Explain the distinction between a cell
transformer lead marking and a battery
and Components
• Describe the relationship between each • Describe the electrochemical action Process Systems
When you finish this lesson, you will be able to phase of three-phase voltage associated with cells and batteries and Operations
visually identify the type of core construction in • Discuss three-phase, delta-connected
800
• Compare the discharge and charge
a transformer and describe types of transformer lines and: processes
cooling, temperature limits, and external devices
– Phase voltage • Identify ways to increase battery voltage
of the transformer. Industrial Machining
– Phase current and capacity
• Describe the basics of core construction and Welding
• Discuss three-phase, wye-connected • Define amp-hours
• Describe the design of a core-type lines and: • Explain the main difference between a
transformer – Phase voltage primary and a secondary cell COURSE LISTING
• Describe the design of a shell-type BY TITLE
– Phase current • Describe how specific gravity affects
transformer cell voltage
• Explain the function of the Y-point in a NERC ONLINE COURSES
• Describe a toroidal core transformer wye-connected transformer • Discuss types of battery charging
• Describe the cause of coil movement • Describe an open-delta connection and methods
• Describe types of transformer cooling discuss the amount of current it can • List safety precautions needed when
• Describe the type of coolant used to provide testing or working with batteries
cool transformers • Identify a scenario where a delta-wye
connection may be used

416-02 Electrical Backup Systems equipment that makes up a switchgear system 417-04 General Switchgear
and describe the purpose of protection relays. Maintenance*
to distinguish between types of backup systems • Describe what switchgear is and explain When you finish this lesson, you will be able to
and choose the type that fits your application. how it is used
identify and perform the common tasks and tests
• Identify types of switchgear by voltage related to modern switchgear.
100
• Discuss variations in the need for a
backup power system • Describe the use and purpose of the
• Identify general circuit breaker
following:
• Identify sources of backup power maintenance tasks Safety, Health, and
– Breakers and switches
• Recognize components of battery • Identify tasks associated with standard Plant Science
backup systems – Generator breaker operating mechanism maintenance
200
– Electrical bus
• Compare the configurations and • Identify tasks associated with hydraulic
features of various backup electrical – Switchgear relays and pneumatic operating mechanism
systems • Describe the type of indication and maintenance Mechanical
communication employed by switchgear • Describe the three common electrical tests Maintenance
relays
300
conducted on large circuit breakers
417-02 Low Voltage Breakers*
Electrical
At the end of this lesson, you will understand the Distribution
purpose and use of low voltage circuit breakers
in electrical circuits.
• Describe the function of low voltage breakers
400
Electrical
• Describe low voltage, molded case Maintenance
breakers and low voltage, large frame
500
breakers; identify their differences
• Explain how to connect a large frame
breaker Power Generating
416-03 Uninterruptible • Define the low voltage breaker voltage Systems and
Power Supplies (UPS) category Operations
• Describe how an arc is formed and
600
identify common power problems that create extinguished 417-05 Breaker Specific Maintenance
a need for backup power systems, how UPS • Explain why breakers trip and describe After this lesson, you will be able to complete Instrumentation
systems vary in characteristics, and how each breaker closing and tripping devices breaker specific maintenance tasks to maximize and Control
is applicable to particular situations. breaker life and maintain system stability.
417-03 Medium and High
• Identify common power problems
negated by UPS systems
Voltage Switchgear* • Identify shared maintenance tasks
associated with air magnetic and vacuum
700
This lesson identifies the technical details breakers Process Systems
• Describe common UPS types and their
characteristics associated with construction and operation of • Identify specific maintenance tasks related and Operations
800
• Identify issues affecting UPS battery high and medium voltage switchgears. to air magnetic circuit breakers
life • Identify the basic theory and • Identify specific maintenance tasks related
• Describe the purpose of UPS functionality design of medium voltage to vacuum circuit breakers Industrial Machining
software switchgear • Identify specific maintenance tasks related and Welding
• Describe common UPS applications • Identify the basic theory to oil circuit breakers
and design of high voltage • Identify specific maintenance tasks related
switchgear COURSE LISTING
to gas-blast circuit breakers
BY TITLE
417 Switchgear Maintenance • Describe the function and • Identify specific maintenance tasks related
interrupting mediums of High to air-blast circuit breakers
Voltage and Medium Voltage NERC ONLINE COURSES
417-01 Switchgear* operating mechanisms 417-06 Circuit Breaker Time-Travel
After finishing this lesson, you will be able • Identify common switching Characteristics and Testing
to describe the function and operation of considerations
• Identify modern Medium At the end of this lesson, you will be able to
switchgear. You will be able to identify the
Voltage switchgear identify the purpose and principles of circuit
applications breaker time-travel testing and explain the
processes associated with conducting the three • Describe how current limiting fuses and • Identify resources that specify the level of
types of time-travel testing. breakers can limit the fault current overload protection that should be used for
• Discuss selective coordination for fuses a motor
• Identify the purpose of time-travel testing
and breakers • Describe how to choose overload
• Identify the principles of time-travel testing protection for a three-phase motor
• Identify the characteristics of circuit
breaker time
• Identify the characteristics of circuit
418-05 Grounding and Bonding 100
When you complete this lesson, you will be able Safety, Health, and
breaker travel
to describe how grounding systems are used to Plant Science
• Identify equipment used in circuit breaker ground electrical systems and equipment.
200
time-travel testing
• Identify the purpose of grounding electrical
• Compare operating processes of drop systems and equipment
bar, light beam and digital timer/analyzer Mechanical
recorders • Define the following terms as they relate to Maintenance
grounding:
418 Electrical Protection

–
–
Ground
Grounded conductor
300
Electrical
and Grounding 418-03 Protection Relays – System
Distribution
– Equipment
400
After finishing this lesson, you will be able to – Ground fault
418-01 Electrical Faults identify protection relay elements on an electrical
• Distinguish between the three common
and Current Ratings drawing according to their ANSI (American
types of grounding systems Electrical
After completing this lesson, you will be able National Standards Institute) standard device Maintenance
numbers. In addition, you will be able to • Discuss the concepts of system grounding
to explain causes and types of electrical
500
and equipment grounding
overcurrent and identify how to protect circuits describe basic relay operations and compare
the accuracy and options provided by commonly • Describe how to apply the proper
from overcurrents and faults. grounding methods for various applications Power Generating
used relays.
• Describe an electrical overcurrent condition Systems and
• Describe the operating principles behind
• Describe an electrical fault with excessively Operations
high current flow
protective relays
419 Motor Operated Valves
600
• Identify the essential requirements of relay
• Identify the difference between an electrical protection
circuit overload condition and a short circuit
condition • List the ANSI standard device-function Instrumentation
numbers that identify relays and Control
• Name two good conductors of electricity
• Describe the two types of
• List some of the factors that determine the
current rating of a conductor
electromechanical relays
• Discuss the benefits of solid-state relays
700
• Explain how devices are used to protect Process Systems
from overcurrent and faults 418-04 Generator, Transformer, and Operations
• Describe ground faults that can occur from
800
and Motor Protection
various grounding connections
At the end of this lesson, you will understand
418-02 Overcurrent Protection, the principles of operation governing ground Industrial Machining
419-01 MOV (Motor Operated Valve) and Welding
Fuses, and Breakers fault protection, phase-to-phase short circuit, Application and Construction
time overcurrent protection, and motor overload
This lesson identifies types of fuses and protection. This lesson describes the typical components, COURSE LISTING
breakers used in electrical distribution systems uses, and operations of motor operated valve
• Describe types of ground circuit BY TITLE
and explains how they work. actuators.
connections for a generator
• Compare single element and dual element • List the advantages of using an MOV NERC ONLINE COURSES
• Compare the current flow for various types
fuses
of generator ground connections • Describe the operation of a typical MOV
• Explain the difference between an overload
• Describe the function of a differential • Discuss typical scenarios in which MOV
and a short circuit
current relay use would be beneficial
• Identify one main difference between a
• Discuss the number of relays needed • Describe the components of actuators
fuse and a breaker
for three-phase, differential overcurrent and explain the differences between the
protection Limitorque® 00/000 and 0-3

419-02 MOV Disassembly 421 Wiring Installation terminations in a junction box using several
and Inspection, Part 1 systems.
• Define an electrical junction and explain
When you finish this lesson, you will be able 421-01 Wire and Cable Management its purpose
to explain how to disassemble, inspect, and
At the end of this lesson, you will be able to • Describe how to perform the following
reassemble a Limitorque® SMB-00/000 MOV
actuator.
determine how to properly use conduit and
cable trays to ensure the necessary neat and
activities:
– Use a wire nut connector 100
• List the tools and equipment required for workmanlike appearance required by the NEC. Safety, Health, and
MOV inspection and disassembly – Terminate wires using a terminal strip
• Describe the use of the following: Plant Science
• Describe the things and conditions you – Form wire in a junction box
200
look for during inspection – Cable trays
– Junction boxes
• Describe techniques that help prevent
component damage during disassembly – Wire ducts Mechanical
and reassembly • Explain the importance of using a Maintenance
marking and numbering system
300
• Walk through the steps to disassemble a
Limitorque® SMB-000/00 MOV, inspect
its components, and reassemble it
Electrical
419-03 MOV Disassembly Distribution
400
and Inspection, Part 2
describe the reassembly techniques applied to Electrical
the SMB-00/000 Limitorque® MOV. 421-04 Installing Conduit and Maintenance
Pulling Wire
• List the tools and equipment required for
MOV reassembly Upon completing this lesson, you will be able to 500
• Provide a detailed description of the describe the major types of electrical conduit and Power Generating
reassembly steps employed with each of the basics of installing and pulling wire through Systems and
the following SMB-00/000 components: electrical conduit. Operations
– Declutch shaft and fork • Identify the five major types of conduit
–
–
Drive sleeve
Worm shaft
• Explain the difference between each type
of conduit
600
Instrumentation
– Worm and spring pack • Describe the process of cutting, bending, and Control
– Spring cartridge cap and fitting each type of conduit
–
–
Declutch lever
Handwheel assembly
421-02 Terminating and Connecting
Wires in a Control Panel
• Discuss the methods of installing electrical
conduit 700
Process Systems
– Tripper lever This lesson explains the basic steps to wire a • Explain the various methods of pulling wire
through conduit and Operations
– Torque switch control panel.
– Limit switch • List some conditions that affect selection
of components
800
419-04 Limit Switch Adjustment Industrial Machining
• Discuss the function of a truth table
and Welding
After completing this lesson, you will be able to • Describe how to use wiring duct
explain the process of adjusting the limit switch • Explain the purpose of din rail
for a Limitorque® actuator. COURSE LISTING
• Describe selector switches and identify BY TITLE
• Walk through the basic, step-by-step how they are used in a control panel
process of adjusting a Limitorque® • Describe the value of numbering and
actuator limit switch NERC ONLINE COURSES
color coding in control panels
• Explain how to determine whether or
not the switch needs adjustment 421-03 Making Connections
• Discuss why it is important to note the in a Junction Box
direction of rotation of the intermittent
gear shafts while the valve is being When you finish this lesson, you will be able
repositioned to explain how to make connections and

423 Cable Splicing 425 Troubleshooting heat-tracing and their internal and external
maintenance concerns.
Electrical Circuits
• Describe the principles and purpose of
heat-tracing systems
425-01 Troubleshooting AC Circuits • Identify common heat-tracing methods
outline the logical steps used for troubleshooting
• Compare prominent heat-tracing methods
• Identify types of electrical heat-trace
100
AC motor control circuits. Safety, Health, and
cabling and their characteristics
Plant Science
• Discuss the general sequence of steps • Describe safety and temperature control
employed when troubleshooting
• List some potential questions to ask
• Describe electrical heat-trace maintenance
methods for exterior faults 200
operations personnel • Describe electrical heat-trace maintenance Mechanical
• Identify possible visual indications of a fault methods for interior faults Maintenance
300
• Explain actions taken to determine
probable cause
• Discuss how safety rules and procedures Electrical
423-01 Introduction to fit into the troubleshooting process Distribution
Medium Voltage Cable • Describe testing performed with the power
After this lesson, you will be able to identify the

off
• Describe testing performed with the power
400
components of medium voltage cable and why on Electrical
each is needed. Maintenance
425-02 Troubleshooting DC Circuits
500
• Relate the difference in “pressure” between
low voltage and medium voltage This lesson outlines the logical steps used to
• Describe corona troubleshoot DC circuits. Power Generating
• Describe partial discharge • Discuss the general sequence of steps Systems and
• Describe conductor stranding employed when troubleshooting DC Operations
circuits
600
• Identify the strand shielding
• Describe conductor insulation • List some potential sources of information
about a circuit Instrumentation
• Describe insulation stranding
• Discuss how safety rules and procedures and Control
423-02 Medium Voltage fit into the troubleshooting process
Splices and Terminations • Describe how methodical testing can
isolate probable cause of the problem 700
When you complete this lesson, you will know • Use Ohm’s Law to calculate unknown Process Systems
the steps needed to splice and terminate values in a voltage divider circuit and Operations
medium voltage power cable.
800
• Describe how to use a multimeter to
• Explain why a splice may be needed troubleshoot a DC breaker control
• Describe the first step in cable preparation malfunction Industrial Machining
• Describe the layers that need to be and Welding
removed to prepare for a splice
• Describe the steps of re-shielding and re-
427 Freeze Protection
COURSE LISTING
insulation BY TITLE
• Describe the steps in preparing for cable 427-01 Electrical Freeze Protection
termination Components and Application NERC ONLINE COURSES
• Explain what is needed for a Class One After finishing this lesson, you will be able
termination to identify the fundamentals of heat-tracing
• Explain where stress control is needed in and the methods used in its practice. You will
the Termination also be able to describe the types of electrical

501 Power Generation
501-01 Energy Conversions
500 When you complete this lesson, you will be
able to describe how energy from fossil and
renewable fuels is captured and converted into 100
electrical energy. In addition, you will be able to Safety, Health, and
discuss efficiency and the role it plays in energy Plant Science
conversions.
200
Power Generating
• Define energy
• Describe the difference between Mechanical
renewable and nonrenewable energy Maintenance
sources
Systems and
• Describe the difference between potential
energy and kinetic energy 300
• Describe the three basic energy Electrical
Distribution
Operations
conversions taking place in a fossil
fuel-fired power plant
• Identify benefits and desirable features of
fossil fuel-fired units
400
Electrical
• Define efficiency Maintenance
• Describe losses and efficiency related to
fossil fuel-fired power plants
500
501-02 Steam Turbine Basics Power Generating
Systems and
This lesson describes the basic operation of a
Operations
typical power plant’s steam turbine and identifies
600
the functions of its critical components.
• Describe the role of the steam turbine in
power plant operations Instrumentation
• Describe the basic design of turbine rotor and Control
bearings
• Identify the purpose of the stationary
blades
700
Process Systems
• Identify the function of the main steam and Operations
stop valves
• Describe the purpose of the steam chest
and control valves 800
• Identify the primary function of the turbine
lube oil system and Welding
• Describe the role of the emergency lube
oil pump COURSE LISTING
BY TITLE
501-03 Combustion System
Component Overview NERC ONLINE COURSES
describe the equipment used to prepare and
control natural gas, fuel oil, and coal as it is
burned in the boiler. In addition, you will be
able to identify some advantages and

disadvantages of using each type of fuel in a 501-05 Generator Overview 505-02 Steam Turbine
power plant. Control and Operation*
• Describe the basic components used in to describe the relationship between electrical This lesson describes the basic operation of the
a combustion system that uses natural usage and generator output. In addition, you
gas valves that control the speed and operation of a
will be able to explain the basic principles of typical steam turbine.
of using natural gas as the primary fuel
producing electricity using an electromagnet.
• Define the term megawatt/hour
• Identify the purpose of the main steam
stop valves
100
source for the boiler Safety, Health, and
• Describe the basic components used in • Describe how electricity usage is • Identify how main steam stop valves Plant Science
a combustion system that uses fuel oil measured in a typical household affect a unit’s operation in BES
of using fuel oil as the primary fuel
• Describe how power system load
continually changes
emergency operations
• Identify how turbine speed control 200
source for the boiler • Describe the purpose of the electromagnet affects a unit’s ability to support normal, Mechanical
in a generator contingency, and emergency BES Maintenance
• Describe the basic components used in
operations
300
a combustion system that uses coal • Describe the purpose of the generator
stator • Identify the purpose of the turbine
• Describe what is meant by three-phase governor and control valves
of using coal as the primary fuel source Electrical
for the boiler power • Identify the difference between reheat Distribution
• Describe the impact of generator size on and intercept valves
power oscillations
• Describe the role of an exciter
• Identify how turbine valves are
manipulated by Automatic Generation 400
Control (AGC) systems using Area Electrical
Control Error (ACE) data Maintenance
505 Turbine Auxiliaries • Recognize what happens during a
System and Control
turbine trip
• Recall the basic operation of a flyweight
500
governor control system Power Generating
Systems and
• Identify the difference between full arc
admission and partial arc admission Operations
600
• Identify common steam turbine ramp
rates
• Identify steam turbine viability as an Instrumentation
option in normal, contingency and and Control
emergency operations
501-04 Boiler Water and Steam
Cycle Overview 505-01 Steam Turbine Design 505-03 Steam Turbine Auxiliaries 700
Process Systems
At the end of this lesson, you will be able to After this lesson, you will be able to describe the After finishing this lesson, you will be able to
and Operations
describe where boiler water comes from and basic components comprising a typical steam describe the design and function of components
800
how it enters and flows through a boiler. You turbine and explain the purpose of each. In found in a typical turbine lube oil system and
will also be able to explain the basic flow path addition, you will be able to trace the steam flow gland steam seal system.
the steam follows from the boiler to the steam path through a typical steam turbine. • Identify the two primary purposes of the Industrial Machining
turbine. • Describe the energy conversion taking main turbine lube oil system and Welding
• Explain the purpose of a hotwell place in a steam turbine • Describe the location and operation of
• Describe the role low pressure condensate • Explain the difference between impulse the main lube oil pump and its relationship COURSE LISTING
heaters and high pressure feedwater and reaction blading and identify where to the booster oil pump
BY TITLE
heaters play in the boiler water cycle each is found in a steam turbine • Explain the purpose of the turning gear
• Explain the purpose of a deaerator • Discuss the design characteristics of a • Describe the operation of the gland steam NERC ONLINE COURSES
steam turbine casing seal system
• Describe the basic design of a water tube
boiler • Explain the difference between thrust • Discuss the operator’s role in the
bearings and journal bearings and identify operation of a steam turbine
• Explain the purpose of a steam drum where each is found in a typical steam
• Explain the purpose of the primary turbine
superheater and secondary superheater • Recall the steam flow path through a high,
intermediate, and low-pressure turbine
505-10 Steam Turbine • Recognize the design and function of the • Identify pre-start checks for generator
rotor winding assembly start-up
Governor System
• Identify the purpose of the shaft sealing • Describe operator responsibilities during
When you complete this lesson, you will be able systems the process of rolling on the turbine
to identify the components and function of a
typical turbine governor system. 507-02 Generator and Auxiliary 507-05 Generator and Auxiliary
• Identify facts pertaining to governor history Systems’ Flow Paths and Systems’ Normal Operations 100
• Recognize governor system components Major Components After completing this lesson, you will be able Safety, Health, and
• Identify components associated with After finishing this lesson, you will be able to to describe tasks performed during normal Plant Science
normal operations operations of the generator and auxiliary
200
identify the flow paths associated with the major
• Identify components associated with components that support generator operation. systems.
shutdown operations • List checks conducted during normal Mechanical
• Describe the following seal oil system
• Recall actions related to normal system components and systems and identify their generator operations Maintenance
operation place in the flow path: • Describe the system and process that
–
–
Hydrogen seal oil supply
Air side of the seal oil system
removes moisture from hydrogen
• Explain operator responsibilities during
300
normal operation of the seal oil system Electrical
– Defoaming/detraining tank
Distribution
– Seal oil return
– Hydrogen supply system
• Explain the process to purge hydrogen
400
from the generator and identify the purpose
Electrical
of doing so Maintenance
507-03 Generator Construction

and Process Control*
500
507 Generator and Auxiliary Power Generating
Systems and
Systems and Control This lesson describes generator construction
and explains some of the principles behind Operations
generator operation and process control.
507-01 Generator and Auxiliary
Systems’ Functions*
• Identify the difference between induction
and synchronous types of three-phase
600
Instrumentation
At the end of this lesson, you will be able generators
and Control
to describe the functions performed by the • Recall the construction of a three-phase,
generator and its auxiliary components. two pole DC generator
• Recall how a sinusoidal waveform 700
• Define real power, reactive power, and the
illustrates the number of amps produced 507-06 Generator and Auxiliary Process Systems
power factor
over a given time Systems’ Shutdown and Operations
• Identify the function of the rotor
• Recall the operation of a synchroscope
800
• Recall the importance of cooling
particularly during load pickup • Identify the parameters to be controlled to describe your role during shutdown of the
when placing the generator on the generator and its auxiliary components. Industrial Machining
• List advantages of hydrogen cooling and electrical grid
identify auxiliary systems associated with • Explain the steps followed when shutting and Welding
its use down each of the following:
507-04 Generator and Auxiliary
– Generator
Systems’ Start-up COURSE LISTING
– Seal oil system BY TITLE
After this lesson, you will be able to describe the – Cooling water system
steps to start the generator and establish it on
• Identify the importance of putting the NERC ONLINE COURSES
the electrical grid.
turbine on turning gear when it is taken
• Explain how to place the hydrogen seal oil off-line
unit in service • Identify the conditions under which it is
• Describe the purging and gassing of the appropriate to shut down the cooling water
turbine system
511 Combustion Turbine • Explain the basic purpose of a combustor • Explain the purpose of the inlet air guide
vanes
• Identify two basic power turbine designs
Fundamentals • Discuss the relationship between turbine
511-03 Introduction to GE output energy and the compressor energy
Frame Series Gas Turbines consumption
100
• Explain the purpose of a regenerator
Upon completing this lesson, you will be able to
discuss the motivation behind the development • Describe the fuel delivery system for a
of the F-series of gas turbine. In addition, you
heavy duty gas turbine and its flow paths Safety, Health, and
will be able to describe the Frame 7 gas turbine’s • Describe the lube oil system for a heavy Plant Science
duty gas turbine and how it functions
200
basic components and general operation.
• Recall the driving factor for creating
F-series gas turbine technology Mechanical
• Identify the primary differences between Maintenance
the Frame 7 gas turbine and its
511-01 Gas Turbine Fundamentals
predecessors
• Describe the basic components and flow
300
and Configuration of Generating Electrical
paths through the Frame 7 gas turbine
Facilities Distribution
• Explain the purpose of the inlet air guide
400
At the end of this lesson, you will be able to vanes
discuss basic design of a simple cycle power • Recall the relationship between turbine
plant and the function and operation of its output energy and the compressor energy Electrical
consumption Maintenance
fundamental piece of equipment, the combustion 511-07 Aero-derivative Gas
turbine. • Explain the purpose of a regenerator
• Recall the basic layout of a simple cycle 511-04 Introduction to the
Turbines – Major Components
and Support Systems 500
and combined cycle generation facilities Power Generating
• Explain the Brayton Cycle and supporting
Siemens V-Series Gas Turbine When you finish this lesson, you will be able to
Systems and
principles as they relate to the basic When you complete this lesson, you will be able discuss the motivation behind the development
of the aero-derivative gas turbine. In addition, Operations
operation of a gas turbine compressor to describe the basic components comprising the
600
Siemens Westinghouse V-series gas turbines. you will be able to describe the gas turbine’s
• List the components of a typical
combustion turbine package and discuss You will also be able to identify the basic major components and support systems.
the function of each compressed air and hot gas flow paths through • Define an aero-derivative gas turbine Instrumentation
• Explain the basics of the fuel system the V94.3 gas turbine. • Describe how an aero-derivative gas and Control
700
• Describe the purpose of the lube oil system • Explain the overall function of a gas turbine turbine is different from its heavy duty
counterpart
• Recognize the importance of temperature • Describe the basic design of an axial flow
monitoring and identify heat’s potential for compressor • Discuss the basic design of the Process Systems
system damage compressor section and Operations
• Identify the primary purpose of a
combustion chamber • Explain the basic purpose of a combustor
511-02 Introduction to the GE
LM Series Gas Turbine
• Identify the purpose of a turbine • Describe the fuel delivery system for an
aero-derivative gas turbine and its flow
800
paths Industrial Machining
After finishing this lesson, you will be able to 511-05 Heavy Duty Gas and Welding
describe the basic components that comprise Turbines – Major Components • Describe the lube oil system for an aero-
derivative gas turbine and how it functions
GE’s LM series of gas turbine. In addition, you and Support Systems
will be able to explain the basic compressed air COURSE LISTING
and hot gas flow paths through each type of LM At the end of this lesson, you will be able to 511-10 Fundamentals of Gas Turbine BY TITLE
gas turbine. discuss the motivation behind the development Operation and Routine Maintenance
of the heavy duty gas turbine. In addition, you NERC ONLINE COURSES
• Define gas turbine After this lesson, you will be familiar with
will be able to describe the gas turbine’s basic
several common procedures for operating and
• Identify the four LM series gas turbines that components and general operation.
comprise the GE medium-sized gas turbine maintaining a combustion turbine (CT) as well
fleet • Discuss factors that drove the creation of as some conditions that require emergency
the heavy duty gas turbine technology procedures.
• Recall the basic design of an axial flow
compressor • Describe the basic compressed air and hot • Describe pre-start up maintenance/
gas flow paths through the turbine inspection, and windmilling parameters

• Describe the basic startup process for a • Identify components on the fuel oil 511-15 Gas Turbine Water
combustion turbine (CT) forwarding skid
Wash and Drain Systems
• Describe the basics of swapping fuel • Recall facts pertaining to combustion
types, and the risks involved section designs When you finish this lesson, you will be familiar
• Explain how the environment affects
with several subsystems of the water and drain
511-13 Gas Turbine Lube Oil systems of the gas turbine compressor.
100
the CT (high and low temperature,
barometric pressure, etc.) and Control Oil Systems • Identify steam/water system components
• Identify emergency procedures and and operations Safety, Health, and
the conditions in which they would be to identify common lube oil system components • Identify the turbine water wash system Plant Science
implemented operations
and operations as well as control oil system
• Explain the purpose of a water wash
• Explain what a load commutated inverter
components and operations. • Describe case and exhaust drain
functions 200
is and how it communicates with the
• Identify lube oil system components Mechanical
exciter to start a combustion turbine • Recall lube oil system operation Maintenance
521 Combustion Air and
300
• Select control oil system components
511-11 Gas turbine Control Schemes • Identify control oil system operation Flue Gas System
At the end of this lesson, you will be able to Electrical
identify common control schemes, gas turbine Distribution
compressor startup and shutdown operations,
521-01 Introduction to Combustion
400
and exhaust control on both simple cycle and Air and Flue Gas Systems
combined cycle exhausts. This lesson describes how the overall
combustion process works and demonstrates Electrical
• Identify critical operating parameters Maintenance
a working knowledge of the combustion air and
• Recall the flame detection and flue gas systems.
protection systems
• Identify simple cycle exhaust control
• Describe the indications of incomplete
combustion
500
measures Power Generating
• Define flash point Systems and
• Identify combined cycle exhaust
control components • Describe primary and secondary air and Operations
the fans associated with them
600
• Identify startup sequence steps
• Describe the following components of
• Identify shutdown sequence steps the flue gas system:
– Air preheater
Instrumentation
and Control
– Dust collector
511-14 Gas Turbine Air Systems – Soot blower
521-02 Combustion Air and Flue

700
At the end of this lesson, you will be familiar Process Systems
with several subsystems of the gas turbine Gas Flow Paths and Components and Operations
compressor air system. After this lesson, you will be able to trace the
• Identify the major components of the
gas turbine air inlet system
flow paths of typical power plant combustion
air and flue gas systems. You will also be able
800
• Identify the function of air inlet to describe the operation of major components
components within those flow paths. and Welding
511-12 Gas Turbine Fuel and
Combustion Systems • Describe the construction of air inlet • Describe the individual flow paths of
filters primary and secondary air COURSE LISTING
This lesson identifies common fuel and • Recall advantages of a self-cleaning air • Compare the relative temperatures of BY TITLE
combustion system components and their filter the reheat and superheat boiler sections
functions. • Explain facts pertaining to self-cleaning • Explain the use of forced and induced NERC ONLINE COURSES
• Identify types of fuels used in gas air filters draft fans
turbine compressors • Identify cooling and sealing air operations • Describe the function of the following
• Recall gaseous fuel system • Describe simple cycle exhaust flue gas system components:
components and operations components – Air preheaters
• Describe fuel oil skid system • Describe combined cycle exhaust – Scrubbers
components and operations components – Expansion joints

521-03 Control Loops and 521-05 Maintaining Fan • Discuss how coal handling equipment is
used to deliver coal
Methods of Control Operations in Combustion
Air and Flue Gas Systems • Describe the difference between coal
After completing this lesson, you will be able crushers and pulverizers
to discuss how control loops and methods of When you complete this lesson, you will be • Explain the operating principle of coal
control can safely direct operational events in a able to describe how to perform the checks and
100
pulverizers
power plant. monitoring necessary to maintain operation of • Explain the operating principle of coal
• Demonstrate a fundamental understanding fans and their components. crushers Safety, Health, and
of logic diagrams • Identify the reasons for monitoring a fan’s Plant Science
• Discuss the importance of interlocks and current bearing temperature, bearing
describe how they work
• Describe the operation of PID, closed loop
vibration, and lubrication
• List four checks you should perform as part
200
methods of control of airpreheater maintenance Mechanical
• Explain how leaks in the heat exchanger Maintenance
300
can affect fan performance
• Describe operational maintenance
procedures involving ignitor air fans, Electrical
scanners, excess air, and the boiler Distribution
• Discuss how to overcome the effects of 523 Boiler Fuel Systems
abnormal conditions such as hunting,
stalling, excess temperature, and vibration 400
523-01 Boiler Fuel System Function Electrical
521-06 Combustion Air and Flue This lesson describes the functions of the boiler Maintenance
Gas System Shutdown Process
500
fuel system and differentiates among types of
After this lesson, you will have an overall boiler fuel systems.
understanding of the shutdown process and • Explain the function of the boiler fuel Power Generating
general knowledge of an operator’s shutdown system Systems and
responsibilities. • Describe various types of coal used in the Operations
• Walk through the steps for boiler shutdown, fuel system
describing procedures related to each of
these critical components:
• Identify the conveyer, tripper, silo
components, and path of a boiler feeder
600
system Instrumentation
– Primary Air (PA) Fan
and Control
– Induced Draft (ID) Fan • Describe gravimetric feeder, its
521-04 Combustion Air and Flue Gas
700
– Forced Draft (FD) Fan components, and its path
System Start-up • Describe coal pulverizer components and
– Air preheaters
At the end of this lesson, you will be able to path Process Systems
• Explain how air flow and fuel flow are
describe the steps performed to put the boiler controlled during shutdown • Explain the function of cyclone burner ports and Operations
fan operation system into service.
800
• Define thermal shock and explain how to • Identify and explain the tangentially fired
• Identify the importance of establishing air avoid it during shutdown boiler
flow in the boiler with the induced draft (ID) Industrial Machining
fan 523-02 Process and Methods of
and Welding
• List verifications and tests to complete prior 522 Coal Handling System Control for the Boiler Fuel System
to forced draft (FD) fan start-up When you complete this lesson, you will be
• Describe the steps to start the FD fan COURSE LISTING
522-01 Coal Handling System able to describe the digital control system that
BY TITLE
• Describe preparations to ensure the ignitor regulates and automates the components of the
air blowers are ready for service After finishing this lesson, you will be able to boiler fuel system to attain specific setpoints and
identify common coal handling processes. You meet desired production loads. NERC ONLINE COURSES
• List typical permissives to be satisfied
before purging the boiler will also be able to discuss the operation of
• Describe fuel flow to the boiler
• Describe the steps to successfully purge essential pieces of equipment used at the plant
site. • Explain functional logic systems
the boiler
• Define key coal handling and processing • Describe logic subsystems
• Describe the steps to put preheater into
service equipment • Explain the operations of the fuel system
process control loops

523-03 Boiler Fuel System Start-up 531 Hydrocarbon Fired Boilers 531-03 Boiler Valves
At the end of this lesson, you will be able to and Steam Fittings
apply standard procedures for initiating the boiler 531-01 Combustion After finishing this lesson, you will be able to
fuel system components during startup. Theory identify the different types of valves, gauges, and
steam traps used in the operation of a steam
100
• Perform checks on the readiness of the
When you complete this boiler. In addition, you will be able to explain how
seal air system, the pulverizers, and the
feeders lesson, you will be able to these steam fittings are used to safely operate a
explain the different types Safety, Health, and
• Perform checks on the oil and lubrication steam boiler.
of fossil fuels commonly Plant Science
system of the boiler fuel supply system • Identify five types of valves commonly
used in an industrial
• Apply startup procedures for the
pulverizers
setting, and explain some
characteristics of the
associated with steam boiler operation
• Describe two types of gauge glasses used 200
• Adhere to feeder start permissives in boiler operation Mechanical
fuels. In addition, you will
be able to describe the • Explain the difference between a safety Maintenance
300
elements and conditions valve and a relief valve and discuss how
that must be present for fuel combustion to they are used in steam boiler operation
take place. • Describe the purpose of a pigtail siphon on Electrical
a Bourdon tube pressure gauge Distribution
• Describe the basic chemical composition of
fossil fuels • Describe the purpose of steam traps in
• Describe how the three elements of the fire
triangle and a sustained chemical reaction
conjunction with steam boiler operation
and identify the three basic categories of 400
steam traps Electrical
release stored chemical energy from the
fuel • Describe the purpose of a feedwater Maintenance
regulator and explain how it is used in
500
• Define the following terms as they pertain steam boiler operation
to combustion:
– Chemical energy Power Generating
523-04 Normal Operation of the – Hydrocarbon Systems and
Boiler Fuel Systems • Describe the difference between flash point Operations
and fire point
600
explain the normal operation of the components • Describe three types of combustion
of the boiler fuel system. Instrumentation
• Assess normal operations of the
531-02 Basic Boiler Design and Control
pulverizers, including the seal air and At the end of this lesson, you will be able to
lubrication components
• Describe and assess the normal
explain why different types of boilers are used
for different processes. You will also be able to
700
operations of the silo and feeder systems describe the basic components that make up Process Systems
a firetube and watertube boiler and explain the and Operations
• Determine the primary and secondary air
800
fans are operating properly during normal circulation paths through each type of boiler.
operations • Describe the relationship between heating
surface and boiler output Industrial Machining
523-05 Shutdown for the and Welding
Boiler Fuel System
• Describe the difference between package 531-04 Boiler Fuel and Air Systems
boilers and field erected boilers
After this lesson, you will be able to describe the • Describe the differences between firetube COURSE LISTING
identify the basic equipment found in high-
controlled and emergency shutdown procedures boilers and watertube boilers and the BY TITLE
applications in which they are used pressure gas systems and fuel oil systems and
for the feeders and pulverizers.
describe the design and operation of fuel oil
• Apply procedures for the controlled • Describe the basic steam and feedwater burners. In addition, you will be able to describe NERC ONLINE COURSES
shutdown of the feeders and pulverizers flow paths through a horizontal-return
tubular boiler boiler draft and identify the different equipment
• Adhere to procedures for the emergency used to control draft in a boiler.
shutdown of the boiler fuel system • Describe the basic components that make
up a typical watertube boiler • Identify the location of the furnace within
• Initiate the extinguishing procedure for a the boiler and describe how fuel and air
pulverizer fire flow affect the firing rate of the boiler

• Describe the basic equipment found in • Explain the purpose of a convection
high-pressure gas burner systems and superheater
explain their operation • Explain the purpose of a radiant
• Describe the basic components found in a superheater
typical fuel oil system • Describe the purpose of an economizer
100
• Describe three types of atomizing fuel oil and the location of the economizer in the
burners and explain the operation of each boiler
type • Explain the difference between a counter- Safety, Health, and
• Define the following terms: flow economizer and parallel flow Plant Science
– Draft economizer
–
–
Forced draft
Induced draft
• Explain the purpose of an air preheater
and describe the difference between 200
tubular and regenerative air heaters Mechanical
– Balanced draft Maintenance
531-08 Boiler Operator Roles
531-05 Boiler Water and Steam Cycle
and Responsibilities
300
Electrical
explain the basic components that make up a able to explain the work environment a boiler
condensate and feedwater system and describe Distribution
operator is subject to and describe the primary
400
the flow path through those systems. In addition, responsibilities of a boiler operator. In addition,
you will be able to explain the difference you will be able to describe the basic rounds and
between saturated steam and superheated routines an operator completes during their shift. Electrical
steam and identify the factors that affect the Maintenance
• Describe the typical boiler operator shift
quality of steam. schedule
• Describe the following terms as they relate
to heat transfer:
• Describe the general work environment
boiler operators tend to work in
500
Power Generating
– Radiation • Explain the basic rounds and routines that Systems and
– Conduction boiler operators make during a typical shift Operations
– Convection • Describe some of the common tasks
• Describe the difference between open
feedwater and closed feedwater heaters
performed during boiler startup and
shutdown 600
and identify where each type of heater Instrumentation
would be found in the condensate/ 531-07 Scrubbers and Ash and Control
feedwater system Removal Systems 533 Boiler Firing Controls
• Explain the basic components found in
a condensate system and the flow path
identify the primary pollutants emitted from
and Components 700
through the system Process Systems
fossil-fired boilers. In addition, you will be able and Operations
• Explain the basic components found in to explain the basic design and operation of 533-01 Fuel Combustion
and Controls
800
a feedwater system and the flow path baghouses, electrostatic precipitators, and
through the system scrubbers. At the end of this lesson, you will be able
• Define the term Quality of Steam Industrial Machining
• Describe three harmful pollutants found in to understand the importance of complete
• Describe the difference between saturated flue gas combustion and describe the components and Welding
steam and superheated steam used to make this possible. You will distinguish
• Describe the difference between bottom
ash and fly ash the different types of fuel controls used on a COURSE LISTING
531-06 Boiler Heat Recovery Systems pulverized unit and a cyclone unit.
• Explain the basic equipment used to BY TITLE
At the end of this lesson, you will be able to remove bottom ash from a boiler • Explain a combustion chamber
describe the equipment used to recover waste • Explain the basic equipment used to NERC ONLINE COURSES
heat in a boiler. You will also be able to describe • Discuss the different types of fuels used
remove fly ash from a boiler
the basic design and operation of a superheater, • Explain a pulverized coal firing process
• Explain the purpose of a baghouse and
economizer, and air preheater. describe its basic operation • Explain a cyclone furnace
• Describe three types of heat recovery • Explain the purpose of an electrostatic • Describe a fuel oil atomizer
equipment precipitator and describe its basic • Describe an ignitor and its operation
operation • Explain the different types of oil guns

533-02 Boiler Burner Controls 535-02 Flue Gas Desulfurization are believed to account for the higher pollutant
and Management System, Open Spray Design, Part 1 removal efficiencies.
After finishing this lesson, you will be able When you finish this lesson, you will be able to • Explain basic dry scrubber design and
operation
to describe the different control types used, understand how the design of the open spray
control hardware, and the effects of optimizing FGDS effectively reduces SO2 and provides • Discuss designing for optimum operation
combustion. You will understand the system
requirements for burner management, including
substantial flexibility in meeting SO2 emissions
requirements.
• Describe gas cooling and the reagent
system 100
Safety, Health, and
flame monitoring techniques and scanning coal • Discuss the purpose and operating • Explain the baghouse material and design
flames. Plant Science
philosophy behind the FGDS
•
•
Explain different combustion control types
Discuss control hardware
• Describe operation in both the fly ash and
lime modes 200
• Explain the use of the absorber tower and Mechanical
• Explain combustion optimization
reaction tank Maintenance
• Explain system requirements for burner
300
management • Identify the purpose of the spray recycle
pumps
• Describe flame-monitoring techniques
• Describe the dampers and ductwork Electrical
• Explain how each of the following features Distribution
535 Fundamental Aspects facilitate the meeting of emissions
of Emission Controls
parameters:
– Absorber bypass fraction
400
Electrical
– Number of absorbers in service
535-05 Selective Catalytic Reduction Maintenance
– Number of pray levels in service
(SCR) System
– Fly ash and lime feed
This lesson explains what SCR is and its 500
535-03 Flue Gas Desulfurization importance, and identifies the components the Power Generating
System, Open Spray Design, Part 2 SCR consists of. Systems and
• Describe the purpose of the SCR system Operations
Upon completing this lesson, you will have an
600
understanding of the overall process of cleaning • Understand the chemistry of the SCR
the SO2 out of flue gas. You will also have System
general knowledge of each of the systems used • Describe the components of the SCR Instrumentation
to accomplish the cleaning process. system and Control
• Describe the operation of the SCR system
700
• Explain what happens to the scrubbing
slurry • List the proper PPE required when using
• Discuss the practice of reusing the slurry the SCR system
Process Systems
and identify how the pH is maintained for and Operations
535-01 Flue Gas good scrubbing action 535-09 Introduction to Continuous
800
Desulfurization System • Identify the function of the blowdown Emission Monitoring Systems
After this lesson, you will be able to describe system When you complete this lesson, you will be
the design and function of control systems that • Describe the pond return system familiar with the purpose, function, and major Industrial Machining
remove sulfur oxides and particulates from • Explain the operation of a lime system components of Continuous Emission Monitoring and Welding
flue gas. In addition, you will be able to outline • Identify how the fly ash is used Systems.
recovery systems, which extract and concentrate • Identify the purposes of a Continuous COURSE LISTING
• Explain the operation of the scrubber
the sulfur oxides present in flue gas and convert inverters Emission Monitoring System (CEMS) BY TITLE
them into usable by-products. • Distinguish what components are and are
• Identify wastes contained in flue gases 535-04 Dry Scrubber not part of the certified loop NERC ONLINE COURSES
• Discuss the basic design and function of a Operation Lesson • Identify the function of the gas fuel flow
scrubber transmitters
• Identify the components of a typical wet describe dry scrubber design and function. In • Identify the function of the megawatt
scrubber and describe its operation addition, you will be able to compare the results transmitters
• Identify the components of a typical dry of different installations and describe some • Identify the function of the probe and
scrubber and describe its operation subtle design and operational differences that sample system

535-10 Fundamentals • Describe typical components used in a 551-05 Circulating Water
circulating water system
of Using a CEMS System Normal Operations
• Identify the flow paths that bring circulating
After finishing this lesson, you will be able water into, through, and out of a typical After completing this lesson, you will be
to describe the basic steps for collecting power plant able to describe how to monitor and adjust
Continuous Emission Monitoring System the circulating water system during normal
100
• Describe system operation during:
(CEMS) data readings, troubleshooting probe operations.
– Start-up
and sample systems, changing calibration gas • List circulating water system operating
– Normal use Safety, Health, and
bottles, and entering new data in the engineering parameters
workstation (EWS). You will also be able to – Shutdown Plant Science
• Describe how parameters are monitored,
200
describe the process for performing weekly, and explain how to make minor changes
monthly, quarterly, semi-annual, and annual 551-02 Function of the
and adjustments
preventive maintenance (PM) procedures. Circulating Water System Mechanical
• Discuss circulating water system
• Describe how to collect CEMS data When you complete this lesson, you will be maintenance during normal operations Maintenance
readings able to describe the design and operation of a
300
• Compare the roles of the field and
• Describe basic steps required for circulating water system. control room operators, and discuss the
troubleshooting probe and sample systems • Identify the function of the circulating water importance of coordinating their activities
Electrical
• Describe basic steps required to change system • Define cycle efficiency Distribution
calibration gas bottles and enter new data • Discuss its contribution to efficient power
400
in the EWS plant operation
• Identify tasks to be performed weekly, • Compare the use of water and air as
monthly, quarterly, semi-annually, and cooling mediums Electrical
annually for PM Maintenance
• Describe commonly used system designs
500
and identify conditions appropriate for the
535-11 Calibration of use of each
CEMS Components
Power Generating
At the end of this lesson, you will be able to 551-03 Circulating Water Systems and
describe how components of the CEMS are System Components Operations
calibrated to maintain accurate records of After this lesson, you will be able to describe the
emissions.
• Recall fundamentals for calibrating stack
components that make up a circulating water
system and explain their functions.
600
flow monitors Instrumentation
• Discuss common circulating water system and Control
• Recall fundamentals for calibrating designs 551-06 Circulating Water
700
Nitrogen Oxide (NOX) analyzers
• Identify components of a once through type System Shutdown
• Recall fundamentals for calibrating Sulfur system and describe their features This lesson describes circulating water system
Dioxide (SO2) analyzers Process Systems
• Identify components of a recirculating shutdown procedures.
• Recall fundamentals for calibrating Carbon circulating water system and describe their and Operations
Dioxide (CO2) analyzers features • Identify circumstances that prompt
• Recall fundamentals for calibrating typical
opacity monitors 551-04 Circulating Water
shutdown of the circulating water system
• Describe typical shutdown preparations 800
System Start-up • List safety measures associated with
shutdown and Welding
551 Circulating Water System to explain the steps required to safely start the
• Explain the steps to shut down the
circulating water system COURSE LISTING
circulating water system.
551-01 Introduction to the BY TITLE
• Describe preparation for starting the 551-07 Circulating Water
Circulating Water System circulating water system System Controls NERC ONLINE COURSES
This lesson describes the design and operation • List checks performed prior to startup
of a circulating water system. • Identify the steps completed during startup describe typical instruments and control systems
• Discuss the function of circulating water • Discuss operators’ responsibilities during used within the circulating water system.
system and its role in the operation of a startup
• Explain the importance of monitoring and
power plant • Describe the inspections and checks managing the circulating water system
performed after startup

• Describe the use of the following – Speed reducers • Describe the overall design and function of
instruments: – Drive shafts low pressure heaters
– Level indicator – Valves • Discuss the purpose of the gland steam
– Differential pressure detector seal condenser and its relationship to the
• Identify and describe the major electrical
condensate system
– Flow meter components of a cooling tower
100
– Pressure meter • Describe the purpose of a maintaining air
– Temperature detector 551-10 Air Cooled Condensers ejector and a hogger

• Describe the function of a deaerator Safety, Health, and
• Describe the following automatic controls
typically used in the circulating water to describe basic design principles, structural Plant Science
553-02 Introduction to the
200
system: components, and operating considerations
of industrial air cooled condensers. You will
Feedwater System
– Intake structure instruments
– Cooling tower instruments also be able to describe the flow of water for After this lesson, you will be able to describe Mechanical
– Condenser instruments condensation of steam in an A-frame air cooled the basic purpose and operation of the major Maintenance
condenser and discuss typical maintenance components typically found in a feedwater
551-08 Cooling Towers: Operating
Principles and Designs
procedures for ACCs.
• Discuss the function of an air cooled
system. You will also be able to further explain
the relationship between the condensate and 300
condenser and its role in the operation feedwater systems during boiler operation. Electrical
Upon completing this lesson, you will be able of a power plant • Discuss the relationship between the Distribution
to explain the operating principles of a cooling
400
• State the purpose for the A-frame design deaerator storage tank and boiler feed
tower and identify and describe various cooling and finned tubes of commonly employed pumps
tower designs. air cooled condensers • Describe the function of a typical boiler Electrical
• Explain the operating principle of a cooling • Describe the standard structural feed pump Maintenance
tower components of an A-frame air cooled • Explain the purpose and operation of the
• List and describe various types of natural
draft cooling towers
condenser
• Identify flow paths into and out of an
high-pressure heaters
• Discuss the relationship between the
500
• List and describe various types of A-frame air cooled condenser boiler economizer and the final feedwater Power Generating
mechanical draft cooling towers • Discuss an air cooled condenser’s temperature Systems and
• Describe different air flow path designs of contribution to efficient power plant • Describe the basic design and operation of Operations
cooling towers operation a typical steam drum
• Describe cooling towers by shape
characterization
• List common maintenance concerns for
A-frame air cooled condensers utilizing
600
finned tubes Instrumentation
and Control
551-09 Cooling Towers: Components
After this lesson, you will be able describe
the basic structural, mechanical and electrical
553 Condensate and 700
components used in the construction and Feedwater Systems Process Systems
operation of cooling towers. and Operations
• Identify and describe the following
structural components of a cooling tower:
553-01 Introduction to the
Condensate System 800
– Cold water basin Industrial Machining
At the end of this lesson, you will be able to and Welding
– Framework explain the purpose and operation of all major 553-03 Condensate and
– Fan deck components in the condensate system. In Feedwater Systems Operation
– Fan cylinders addition, you will be able to discuss the basic COURSE LISTING
– Water distribution system relationship between the condensate and Upon completion of this lesson, you will be able BY TITLE
feedwater systems. to describe the basic procedures for the start-up
– Fill
and operation of the condensate and feedwater NERC ONLINE COURSES
– Drift eliminators • Describe the general function of the systems.
– Casing condenser
• Explain the five basic steps typically used
– Louvers • Define condensate
to place the condensate system in service
• Identify and describe the following • Identify the location and purpose of
• Discuss considerations taken into account
mechanical components of a cooling tower: the hotwell
when initially filling the deaerator storage
– Fans • Explain the basic operation of the tank
condensate hotwell pumps

• Describe two methods used to fill the • Explain the transition of condensate to • Compare the process of placing a single
feedwater system “feedwater” and identify where it takes pump in service to placing two pumps in
• List four common tasks completed when place service
putting high and low-pressure heat • Identify the feedwater’s path after boiler • Identify what permissives will hold out
exchangers in service feed pump discharge the pump from starting and discuss
appropriate responses
100
• Describe basic checks power plant • Define what is meant by a “closed loop”
operators routinely make on the system • Explain the role of a control room operator
condensate and feedwater systems • Explain the role of the following: in starting the boiler feed pump Safety, Health, and
553-04 Condensate and – Hotwell
555-05 Boiler Feed Pump Plant Science
– Deaerator
Feedwater System Control
– Feedwater heaters
Daily Operations
200
– Flow control valve Mechanical
explain steam drum level control methods and routine tests associated with the boiler feed
discuss their overall relationship to condensate
– Economizer
pump and explain the importance of performing Maintenance
– Steam drum
300
and feedwater flow. In addition, you will be able them regularly. You will also be able to explain
to describe different types of level measurement what steps may be taken in response to test
used in the condensate and feedwater systems. 555-03 Boiler Feed Pump Water results. Electrical
Supply and Control Systems Distribution
• Explain how single element control • Describe the routine inspections performed
responds to changes in drum level When you complete this lesson, you will be able daily on the boiler feed pump
• Explain how three element control
responds to changes in feedwater flow,
to discuss the value of maintaining proper water
levels in the hotwell, deaerator, and steam drum.
• Identify tests performed on the boiler feed
pump and explain their importance
400
steam flow, and drum level You will also be able to describe how built-in Electrical
• Discuss the steps an operator may take in Maintenance
• Describe three types of level indication controls help maintain a balanced system. the event of a boiler feed pump trip
500
used in the condensate and feedwater • Explain how the • Describe the procedure to shut down a
systems condensate and feedwater boiler feed pump under normal conditions
• Explain the basic procedure used in the sides of the process loop Power Generating
event of a tube rupture in a high pressure are tied together Systems and
feedwater heater • Describe the operation 557 Boiler Water and Operations
of the deaerator level
Steam Systems
555 Boiler Feed Pumps
controllers
• Identify the permissives 600
for the boiler feed pump 557-01 Function of Boiler Instrumentation
operation Water and Steam Systems and Control
555-01 Boiler Feed Pump and
• Describe the function of
Associated Auxiliary Equipment
This lesson describes the design and function of
flow control elements
• Describe the steam drum
to describe the function of the boiler water 700
and the steam systems. You will also be able Process Systems
a typical boiler feed pump. level gage indicators
to distinguish between forced and natural and Operations
• Discuss the purpose and importance of a • Explain the purpose of the
circulation boilers.
boiler feed pump
• Describe the boiler feed pump design and
boiler master controller
• Examine boiler water systems 800
operation 555-04 Boiler Feed Pump Start-up • Define boiler steam systems Industrial Machining
• Describe the associated auxiliary At the end of this lesson, you will be able to • Distinguish forced circulation boilers from and Welding
equipment explain the proper steps to place a boiler feed natural circulation boilers
• Explain the use of different drive units pump in service. COURSE LISTING
557-02 Flow Paths and BY TITLE
• Explain the importance of ensuring all
555-02 Boiler Feed Pump Flow conditions and sign-off requirements are Components of the Boiler
Path and Major Components met before startup begins Water and Steam Systems NERC ONLINE COURSES
After finishing this lesson, you will be able to • Discuss normal startup of a motor-driven When you finish this lesson, you will be able to
identify the feedwater flow path and describe boiler feed pump and describe components identify the major components of boiler water
associated with this pump and steam systems and explain their functions.
how various components contribute to its
progress. • Discuss normal startup of a steam-driven
boiler feed pump and describe components • Describe the flow path of the boiler water
• Describe the condensate flow to the associated with this pump from the economizer to the boiler shroud
suction side of the boiler feed pump and drum

• Explain the relationship of drum water and components that may affect the efficiency and
steam levels safety of the plant’s normal operation.
• Describe the steam cycle through the • Describe the relationship of system
primary superheater to the economizer components to maintain boiler water levels
• Explain the purpose of the major • Sequence the steps in the boiler water
100
components along the steam cycle cycle
• Identify critical lines, valves, vents, drains, • Identify and explain the relationship of
and controls along the main steam line components within the boiler steam system Safety, Health, and
• Explain the relationship of cooling water to • Identify moisture erosion, its causes, and Plant Science
the condenser during peak load demands 559-02 Elements and the Periodic
200
preventions
Table of Elements
557-06 Shutdown of the Boiler After finishing this lesson, you will understand Mechanical
Water and Steam Systems how elements are named, grouped, and listed Maintenance
When you complete this lesson, you will be able on the periodic table.
to identify and explain the shutdown process for
the steam and water systems in the boiler.
• Discuss the history of the periodic table of
elements
300
Electrical
• Identify and describe the shutdown • Describe the role elements play in Distribution
process for the steam cycle chemistry
• Describe the shutdown process for the
boiler water systems
• Explain the importance of an element’s
atomic weight, atomic number, and symbol 400
• Identify the procedures for opening the • Discuss how electrons in the outer shell of Electrical
boiler and preparing it for maintenance an atom relate to chemical reactions and Maintenance
during shutdown bonding
557-03 Process Controls for Boiler
Water and Steam Systems • Describe the organizational pattern of
the periodic table of elements and list
500
Power Generating
This lesson describes the process and controls classifications of elements
Systems and
of the boiler water and steam systems.
559-03 Chemical Compounds Operations
• Describe the process controls for the boiler
drum level
• Explain the relationship of steam flow, fuel,
identify individual compounds and describe their 600
and air supplies and describe the controls creation, reactions, and bonds. You will also be Instrumentation
that oversee this relationship able to demonstrate a working knowledge of and Control
solutions.
700
• Examine the methods of control for low
water fuel cutoffs • Discuss the chemical makeup of
557-04 Start-up Procedures for the 559 Water Treatment compounds and explain how they differ
from mixtures
Process Systems
and Operations
Boiler Water and Steam Systems • Describe the chemical bonding process
800
559-01 Molecular Chemistry of Water and identify different types of bonds
to identify and explain the general startup After this lesson, you will be able to discuss • List the four types of chemical reactions
procedures for a boiler’s steam and water cycle. which elements combine to form water and why Industrial Machining
• Demonstrate how to write chemical
they bond. You will also learn some basic history equations and formulas and Welding
• Examine the initial conditions
of water and its special characteristics. • Describe solutions, solubility, and
• Explain boiler feed pump operations
• Discuss the history and importance of saturation and discuss the role each plays COURSE LISTING
• Describe and perform startup procedures in the treatment of water BY TITLE
water
557-05 Normal Operation of the • Describe the atom’s molecular structure 559-04 Corrosion Causes and Effects
and electromagnetic forces NERC ONLINE COURSES
Boiler Water and Steam Systems Upon completing this lesson, you will be able
• Review Dalton’s Atomic Theory
At the end of this lesson, you will be able to to identify the causes and effects of the various
• Describe the atomic makeup of a water
describe the normal operations of the water and molecule and how it applies to water types of corrosion found throughout the water
steam cycle within a power generating unit, the chemistry and steam systems in an industrial facility.
relationship of components within the system, • Define corrosion and discuss its causes
• List some of the unique characteristics of
and the effect of adjustments made to those water • Explain how corrosion relates to erosion

• Identify major types of corrosion and will be able to identify how water and steam the desalination process and the purpose of pre-
describe how each can affect industrial chemistry are monitored and controlled. and post-treatment systems.
plant systems
• Define steam purity and describe factors • Define desalination
• Relate hydrogen and hydroxyl ions to acids that affect it
and bases and discuss roles each can play • Describe the process of solar distillation
in corrosion • Explain the mechanics of steam drum • State the main differences between
• List factors that affect the corrosion
process in a boiler
carryover and identify their impact on the
steam system
membrane and thermal desalination
technologies 100
• Discuss steam turbine deposition and Safety, Health, and
• Discuss the following primary methods of
types of corrosion desalination: Plant Science
200
• Examine the critical control guidelines for – Reverse osmosis
water treatment
– Electrodialysis
• Describe the best areas for sampling Mechanical
– Multi-stage flash
Maintenance
559-07 Industrial Water – Multi-effect distillation
Treatment Systems
300
• State the purpose of pre- and post-
treatment systems as they pertain to
After completing this lesson, you will be able to desalination technologies Electrical
describe the water pretreatment and treatment
Distribution
process, as it may exist in a typical industrial
400
plant. In addition, you will be able to discuss
chemical cleaning options for boilers and
559-05 Corrosion Control in Steam turbines. Electrical
Production • Describe how the source of raw water Maintenance
impacts which treatment systems and
describe how corrosion affects various systems
procedures are required
• Follow the flow from the source through the
500
within a steam production facility and explain Power Generating
water treatment system
how to detect common failures caused by Systems and
excessive corrosion. In addition, you’ll be able to • Describe the systems and components Operations
used in the following pre-treatment
identify causes and discuss means employed to
600
operations:
control corrosion.
– Clarification
• Identify types of water treatment programs Instrumentation
and discuss their goals
– Filtration 559-09 Desalination: Pre- and Post-
and Control
• Describe the cause and effect of corrosion
– Demineralization treatment of Water
700
in the following: • List chemicals commonly used in water
treatment and identify their purpose When you finish this lesson, you will be able
– Pre-boiler or feedwater system to discuss industry standard pre- and post-
• Discuss chemical cleaning options and treatment applications for desalinated water. You Process Systems
– Boiler system explain how they impact the boiler and
will also be able to discuss concerns associated and Operations
– Condensate system turbine efficiency
800
with bringing seawater into a desalination
• Explain the steps facilities take to control or
eliminate corrosion in the water and steam system for processing, and describe specific
path pre- and post-treatment applications common to Industrial Machining
processing water through reverse osmosis and and Welding
• Explain how corrosion can be minimized by
identifying condenser tube leaks through thermal distillation desalination systems.
chemical analysis of steam plant water • Explain why seawater is harmful to
desalination systems COURSE LISTING
• Describe how boiler chemistry control can BY TITLE
reduce the adverse effects of condenser • Define potable water and identify the
tube leaks international agency responsible for setting
quality standards for potable water NERC ONLINE COURSES
559-06 Steam Chemistry 559-08 Introduction to Desalination • State two factors that drive the pre- and
Control Guidelines post-treatment applications employed at a
After this lesson, you will be able to define desalination facility
At the end of this lesson, you will be able to desalination and discuss its importance to
describe the importance of steam purity and • Discuss the process and importance of
society. You will also be able to describe the chlorination-dechlorination-chlorination
chemistry to the steam turbine. In addition, you membrane and thermal technologies used for

application required at reverse osmosis
facilities
flash (MSF) systems. You will also be able to 560 Plant Electrical Systems
discuss the key components of MED and MSF
• List standard pre- and post-treatment systems, including the function of evaporators,
applications discussed in this lesson and condensers, demisters, and brine heaters.
describe the general purpose of each And you will be able to distinguish between
100
• State an example of when post-treatment multistage flash and multiple effect distillation
of water is NOT required technologies by comparing the differences
between them. Safety, Health, and
559-10 Reverse Osmosis • Define distillate and distillation Plant Science
200
• Discuss how freshwater is created
to discuss the scientific principles on which through the process of evaporation and
reverse osmosis technology is based and condensation
explain the primary function of a reverse Mechanical
• Describe how an industrial thermal Maintenance
osmosis desalination system. You will also be desalination facility can be an economic
300
able to identify the key components of a typical option for freshwater production by utilizing
reverse osmosis system, with an emphasis waste heat and processing source water
on membrane technology, and describe the through multiple stages Electrical
importance of permeate recovery percentage. • Explain the functions of the heat exchanger Distribution
tube bundles and brine pool in a multiple
• State the main purpose of reverse 560-01 Main Transformers*
400
osmosis technology effect distillation system
• Discuss the scientific principles of • Explain the functions of the brine heater, At the end of this lesson, you will be able to
brine pool, and demister in a multi-stage describe the overall design and function of a Electrical
osmosis and osmotic pressure
flash distillation system main station transformer. In addition, you will be Maintenance
• State the purpose of high pressure
• Describe the flow of water from intake to able to discuss systems and inspections related
500
pumps in a reverse osmosis system
collection in a multiple effect distillation to transformer protection.
• Identify the main components of a (MED) system using terminology from
spiral wound reverse osmosis this lesson, including: • Explain the purpose of a main station Power Generating
membrane transformer Systems and
– Evaporator
• Describe the construction of spiral • List major components of a main Operations
– Effect transformer and identify their individual
wound membranes and discuss
600
how they separate permeate and – Condensation functions
concentrate from feedwater – Vapor • Describe the use of protective devices
• Describe the construction and purpose – Condenser associated with the main transformer Instrumentation
of a reverse osmosis vessel • Describe the flow of water from intake • Discuss some safety considerations when and Control
working around a main station transformer
700
• Discuss the flow of saline water through to collection in a multi-stage flash (MSF)
a reverse osmosis system from intake system using terminology from this • Produce a checklist for operators
to collection lesson, including: performing a routine inspection Process Systems
• Discuss the purpose of energy recovery – Stage
and Operations
systems used in a reverse osmosis – Brine heater 560-02 Station Service System
800
desalination system – Demister This lesson describes the general design and
• Describe the purpose of reverse – Condenser operation of a station service system.
osmosis pre- and post-treatment Industrial Machining
applications • Describe the function of a station service and Welding
system
• Calculate permeate recovery
percentage and describe factors • Identify major station service components
that can affect this percentage COURSE LISTING
• List tasks performed during a routine
station service inspection BY TITLE
559-11 Thermal Desalination • Explain the relationship between the
Technologies essential service system and the station NERC ONLINE COURSES
service system
to discuss the principles on which thermal • Identify essential station service
desalination technologies are based and explain components
the importance waste heat or steam plays in • List tasks performed during routine
multiple effect distillation (MED) and multi-stage essential service system inspections
560-03 Fuses and Circuit Breakers 561 Unit Start-up
After finishing this lesson, you will be able to and Shutdown
explain the design and function of commonly
used fuses and circuit breakers, and how to
test and protect them. 561-01 Preparing for Power
• Identify some applications that employ
fuses
Plant Start-ups*
This lesson describes the basic checks that must
100
Safety, Health, and
• Compare the operation of plug fuses to be performed on plant equipment, including the
Plant Science
cartridge fuses boiler, turbine, and generator, prior to a power
200
• Discuss factors to consider before plant startup.
replacing a fuse • Recognize the role an electrical dispatcher
• Explain the general function of a circuit plays in preparing for a power plant startup Mechanical
breaker • Recall the purpose of determining Maintenance
appropriate ramp rates for starting up the
300
• Identify three methods of extinguishing an
arc in an air circuit breaker boiler and turbine 561-03 Preparing for Power Plant
• List commonly used types of circuit • List the four basic categories of pre-startup Shutdown Electrical
breakers and compare their operation checks on each of the following:
– Boiler describe the basic tasks that must be performed
560-04 Protective Relays and
Instrument Transformers*
– Steam turbine
– Generator
on plant equipment prior to a power plant
shutdown.
400
Electrical
When you complete this lesson, you will be • List and define the three classifications Maintenance
able to describe the design and function of of power plant shutdowns
various types of protective relays and instrument
transformers used to protect electrical circuits
• Discuss the purpose of blowing soot
and removing ash from the boiler 500
and equipment. • Discuss coal system preparations Power Generating
• Identify the principles behind the operation completed prior to a scheduled Systems and
of protective relays shutdown Operations
600
• Identify different types of protective relays • Explain what four conditions must
• Identify protective relay operating simultaneously exist while reducing the
indicators firing rate on a boiler
Instrumentation
• Identify the principles behind the operation • Describe each of the basic tasks and Control
of instrument transformers associated with ramping-down a turbine/
700
generator
• Compare the uses of potential transformers
and current transformers
561-02 Power Plant Start-up
Procedures 561-04 Power Plant Process Systems
560-05 Equipment Disconnects Shutdown Procedures and Operations
and Grounding
800
describe the basic concepts and typical tasks When you finish this lesson, you will be able to
associated with putting a fossil fuel-fired power describe the basic steps associated with taking
After this lesson, you will be able to describe a fossil fuel fired power plant off-line. You will
the design and function of disconnects used to plant online. Industrial Machining
also be able to explain how operators prepare a and Welding
isolate electrical circuits. You will also be able • Describe the basic steps associated with
power plant for an annual outage.
to explain some methods of grounding plant the following tasks:
equipment. – Filling the condensate/feedwater • Describe the common sequence of
steps to remove a pulverizer from service COURSE LISTING
system
• Explain the purpose and operation of for an extended period of time BY TITLE
disconnects – Firing a steam boiler
– Rolling a steam turbine • Describe the basic steps followed to take
• List various types of disconnects and each of the following out of service: NERC ONLINE COURSES
describe their use – Synchronizing a generator to the
electrical grid – Scrubber
• Explain the purpose of grounding
– Increasing load – Steam turbine
• Describe various grounding techniques – Generator
• Identify advantages of neutral grounding • Explain the purpose of turbine preheating
• Explain how a power plant is prepared for
• Discuss safety precautions taken when an annual outage
working with disconnects and grounding
563 Efficiency, Reliability, • Define terms associated with water as heat
is added and removed, including:
563-04 Laws and Principles
and Environmentally of Thermodynamics
– Subcooled liquid
Sensitive Operations – Saturated liquid
able to explain thermodynamics. You will also
– Saturated steam
be able to describe thermodynamic terms in
563-01 Basic Power Plant Efficiency –
–
Quality
Moisture content
your own words and explain the relationship of
thermodynamic principles to plant efficiency.
100
After this lesson, you will be able to explain the Safety, Health, and
relationship between energy, work and efficiency. – Superheated steam • Define thermodynamics in your own words Plant Science
Heat rate, the term used to express power plant • Explain the relationship between operating • Explain the thermodynamic properties of
200
efficiency will be part of your vocabulary. You boiler pressure and the ability of the boiler steam and water as they pertain to a power
will be able to explain how the boiler, turbine to utilize natural circulation plant
cycle, and generator comprise plant heat rate. • Describe the concept of the critical point, • Describe the thermodynamic laws in your Mechanical
You will understand how heat rate is affected supercritical fluid, and the benefits of own words Maintenance
by key plant parameters known as performance operating at such high pressure
300
• Given appropriate parameter values, plot
parameters. Finally, you will be able to basic power plant processes on either a
explain the roles of operations, maintenance, temperature/enthalpy or enthalpy/entropy Electrical
engineering, and plant management in the plant chart
heat rate program. Distribution
• Explain what happens to related
• Explain the relationship between energy,
work, and efficiency
thermodynamic parameters through
common power processes and equipment 400
• Describe the relationship between gross Electrical
heat rate, net unit heat rate, and design 563-05 Performance Parameters Maintenance
heat rate After finishing this lesson, you will be able to
• Describe typical efficiencies of the three
main parts of a power plant: the boiler,
list several key operating parameters that affect
efficiency. You will also be able to describe in
500
Power Generating
turbine cycle, and generator and the role your own words problems that can prevent key
they play in overall plant efficiency Systems and
operating parameters from being operated at
• Explain how heat rate is affected by key Operations
optimum level. You will be able to calculate the
600
plant parameters known as performance approximate extra fuel cost associated with
parameters operating a key performance parameter off
• Explain the roles of operations, design value. Instrumentation
maintenance, engineering, and plant and Control
management in the plant heat rate 563-03 Heat Transfer Principles • Describe net unit heat rate in your own
words
700
program At the end of this lesson, you will be able to
• List several key operating parameters that
state the primary parameter that cause heat
563-02 Water and Steam: transfer. You will be able to explain the three
affect net unit heat rate Process Systems
Terms and Principles types of heat transfer and the characteristics • Describe in your own words problems that and Operations
can prevent key operating parameters from
of them. You will also be able to describe
800
After completing this lesson, you will be able being operated at optimum level
to explain the relationship between energy, conditions and problems that negatively affect
proper heat transfer. Finally, you will be able • Given industry average data, calculate
temperature, and the phases of water. You the approximate effect on net unit heat Industrial Machining
will also be able to describe the concept and to determine heat transfer rate given operating rate when a key operating parameter is
parameters in heat transfer equipment. and Welding
importance of latent heat, the heat associated operated off the design value
with phase changes of water without a • Define heat transfer • Given appropriate supporting data,
temperature change. Given the weights of calculate the approximate extra fuel COURSE LISTING
• State the parameter that causes heat
both steam and liquid water in a vessel, you transfer cost associated with operating a key BY TITLE
will be able to calculate quality and moisture • Explain the three forms of heat transfer performance parameter off of design value
content. You will be able to explain the NERC ONLINE COURSES
relationship of a subcooled liquid, saturated • List problems that can hinder proper 563-06 Balancing Efficiency,
heat transfer in equipment designed to
liquid, saturated steam, latent heat of transfer heat Availability, Capability and Flexibility
vaporization, and superheated steam on a
• Given operating parameters in heat After this lesson, you will be able to explain
provided temperature/enthalpy diagram.
transfer equipment and calculate the efficiency, capability, flexibility, and availability
• Explain the relationship between energy, rate of heat transfer in your own words. You will be able to describe
heat, and phase changes of water the concept of economic dispatch and discuss

running and shutdown reserves and the reasons • In your own words, describe how a control • Describe key operational steps to help
they are important. system responds when it receives an protect boilers during start-up and
erroneous signal from an instrument such shutdown
• Explain the concepts of economic dispatch a thermocouple • List common permissives that must be met
• List the two reserve categories and explain • Explain common operator responses to before a fire can be ignited in a boiler
their importance instrumentation and control problems
100
• Explain how tube leaks can affect boiler
• Discuss power plant unit efficiency reliability
especially concerning how it fits into
economic dispatch Safety, Health, and
563-10 Turbine Efficiency Plant Science
• Explain the importance of maintaining
This lesson explains how to calculate turbine
200
power plant unit capability as high as
feasible efficiency and describes how parameters,
• List and discuss the components of power components, and problems can affect turbine
efficiency. Mechanical
plant unit flexibility especially concerning Maintenance
their importance in economic dispatch • Explain the two methods of calculating
• Discuss the importance of power plant
units being available when needed 563-08 Boiler Efficiency
turbine efficiency
• Describe how each of the following affects 300
turbine efficiency: Electrical
– Chemical deposits and internal erosion
describe boiler efficiency and explain how it is
400
determined. You will be able to discuss the major – Internal and external seal leakage
factors that can cause an increase or decrease – Variations in steam temperature and
in boiler efficiency. pressure Electrical
• Identify parameters that influence boiler
– Backpressure Maintenance
– Attemperation spray flow
500
efficiency and describe their effect
• Discuss problems that can reduce proper – Extraction steam flow
heat transfer in boiler components • Explain how control valves can be the Power Generating
• Explain what is meant by the term “boiler source of a loss that is typically attributed Systems and
envelope” to the turbine
Operations
• Explain the input/output method of 563-11 Condenser Efficiency
determining boiler efficiency and list the
associated inputs and outputs After this lesson, you will be able to explain how 600
• Explain the heat loss method of to evaluate and maintain condenser efficiency. Instrumentation
determining boiler efficiency and list the and Control
• Identify the roles of key parameters
associated losses
700
associated with condenser efficiency
563-07 Instrumentation and Controls • List the main boiler components and • Describe the main energy flows into and
When you finish this lesson, you will be able describe problems that can decrease their out of the condenser Process Systems
to explain the basic operation of a boiler- efficiency
• Explain how to calculate condenser and Operations
following instrumentation and control system. efficiency
563-09 Boiler Reliability
You will be able to describe the effects when
actual parameter values are different than what Upon completing this lesson, you will be able
• Identify the terms of the general heat
transfer equation as it applies to a
800
is indicated. You will also be able to explain to explain the importance of maintaining proper condenser Industrial Machining
common responses to instrumentation and boiler parameters. You will also be able to and Welding
• Use a condenser performance curve
control problems. identify several things that can decrease a and condenser operating parameters
• Explain the basic operation of a boiler- boiler’s reliability. to determine if condenser efficiency is COURSE LISTING
following instrumentation and control • Describe why controlling steam satisfactory BY TITLE
system temperatures and pressure, drum level, • Use condenser pump selection curves
• Describe the effects on efficiency and/or and flow are vital to maintaining boiler and condenser operating parameters to NERC ONLINE COURSES
availability when actual parameter values reliability determine the optimal number of circulation
are different than what is indicated • Identify the effects of flow, level, and heat- water pumps
• List common systems and parameters up/cooldown rates on boiler reliability • Explain the relationship between back
controlled by generating unit • Explain how operating outside established pressure, turbine exhaust temperature, and
instrumentation and control systems chemistry parameters can quickly reduce a condenser problems
boiler’s reliability

563-13 Feedwater Heater 563-15 Environmentally
Operation and Efficiency Sensitive Operations
When you complete this lesson, you will be able After finishing this lesson, you will be able to
to describe feedwater heater operations and discuss a power plant’s potential environmental
discuss problems that affect performance. impacts and describe methods to minimize them.
• Describe the normal operations of a
feedwater heater
• Explain the relationship between power
plant unit efficiency and environmental
100
Safety, Health, and
• Identify problems commonly associated impact
Plant Science
with feedwater heaters and describe how • List some categories of environmental
they affect unit efficiency and reliability
• Discuss the following methods of
impact associated with power plants
• Discuss the negative and positive effects of 200
evaluating feedwater heater performance. greenhouse gases Mechanical
– Feedwater heater temperature rise • Identify the environmental effects of Maintenance
300
– Drain Cooler Approach (DCA) improper boiler combustion
– Terminal Temperature Difference (TTD) • Define the following terms as they apply to
boiler combustion: Electrical
563-12 Condenser Operation and – Greenhouse gases Distribution
Reliability – Incomplete combustion
After finishing this lesson, you will be able to • Describe methods of removing
environmentally unfriendly substances
400
describe methods of troubleshooting condensers from boiler flue gas Electrical
and identify symptoms of several problems Maintenance
that can negatively affect condenser reliability.
You will also be able to discuss methods of
remedying specific condenser problems and
565 Plant Control System 500
optimizing operational performance. Power Generating
565-01 Distributed Control Systems and
• Describe the symptoms of these problems
that reduce the effective heat transfer area System Fundamentals Operations
600
of an operating condenser:
– Air in-leakage to describe the design and function of a typical
– Problems with air removal equipment 563-14 Pump Efficiency and distributed control system (DCS). Instrumentation
– High hotwell levels Reliability and Control
• Describe the functions of a typical DCS
This lesson describes commonly used pumps
700
– Improperly vented waterboxes • List and briefly describe the main
– Blocked or plugged tubes and discusses their maintenance. components or elements of a DCS
• Describe the symptoms of these problems • Describe the two major classifications • Explain the use of a remote control panel Process Systems
that reduce the heat transfer coefficient of of pumps and discuss their primary in the DCS and Operations
a condenser: applications
800
• Discuss communications mediums
– Scaling • Define the following terms associated with available for use in DCS and list
– Micro-fouling pump operation: advantages and disadvantages of each
– Capacity – Power choice Industrial Machining
– Dirt, debris, and sludge
and Welding
– Oxidation and rust – Head – Efficiency • Describe the purpose of a central control
• Describe basic operating and maintenance facility (control room) associated with a
• Describe the symptoms of these problems DCS
that increase average circulating water techniques used to keep pumps operating COURSE LISTING
temperature of an operating condenser: efficiently and reliably • Describe the functions of the human BY TITLE
• Define net positive suction head (NPSH) machine interface (HMI)
– Overloading
and describe the relationship between • Discuss the reasons for different levels of NERC ONLINE COURSES
– Insufficient circulating water flow
available and required NPSH authority on various HMI stations
– High circulating water inlet temperature
• Given pump curves associated with • Identify the functions of control, interface,
• Given a condenser pump selection curves a given pump, determine associated and database software associated with
and condenser operating parameters, operating parameters for various pump DCS
determine the optimum number of operating capacities
circulation water pumps to run
• List and explain the pump laws

• Describe how the feedback function in a how heat and pressure effect changes between
control loop helps keep processes stable these states. Additionally, given the weights of
• Describe trim and bias control logic both steam and liquid water in a vessel, you
features will be able to calculate quality and moisture
• Discuss general troubleshooting steps and content. You will also be able to explain the
100
techniques relationship of subcooled liquid, saturated liquid,
saturated steam, latent heat of vaporization, and
superheated steam on a provided temperature/ Safety, Health, and
enthalpy diagram. Plant Science
• Define the following terms:
– Temperature
– Heat
200
Mechanical
565-02 Distributed Control – Enthalpy Maintenance
System Components • Explain the difference between
This lesson lists the components associated with
temperature and heat
• Describe the relationship between the
300
a common DCS and describes its functions. Electrical
latent heat of fusion and changing water
• List and briefly describe plant from a solid to a liquid Distribution
565-04 Power Plant Unit Control
400
instrumentation used to collect system • Describe the relationship between the
parameter and equipment data to use in a At the end of this lesson, you will be able to latent heat of vaporization and changing
DCS describe the basic design and function of a water from a liquid to a gas Electrical
• Describe the general design and function boiler-following instrumentation and control • Discuss how pressure affects the boiling Maintenance
of the following DCS components: system. point of water
–
–
Instrumentation
Transmitters and input/output modules
• Discuss the basic operation of a boiler-
following DCS
• Examine how the relationship between
heat and temperature relates to steam 500
– Processors production in a boiler or HRSG Power Generating
• Explain how changing power plant load
affects steam temperature, pressure, and • Define terms associated with water as heat Systems and
– Multiplexers
flow is added and removed, including: Operations
– Electrical/computer buses
600
• Describe how the DCS maintains – Subcooled liquid
– Human-machine interface
parameters at their designed values when – Saturated liquid
– Control devices/actuators unit load changes – Saturated steam Instrumentation
• Discuss the flow of information through the • Discuss the relationship between the
DCS and describe how that information is – Quality and Control
following:
used to monitor and control power plant
700
– Moisture content
systems, parameters, and equipment – Fuel flow and associated unit
parameters – Superheated steam
565-03 Using Distributed – Fuel flow, furnace draft, air flow, and • Explain the relationship between operating Process Systems
excess oxygen pressure and the ability of a boiler or and Operations
Control System Diagrams HRSG to utilize natural circulation
– Feedwater flow, steam flow, unit load,
After this lesson, you will be able to describe the
basic symbols and parts of a logic diagram. You
and boiler drum level
• Identify operator responsibilities in
800
will also be able to explain how to use a DCS Industrial Machining
controlling key operating parameters,
logic diagram as a troubleshooting tool. systems, and equipment during normal and Welding
• Identify basic logic symbols used in logic operation
diagrams COURSE LISTING
• List the parts of a drawing title block BY TITLE
567 Heat Rate Optimization
• Explain the purpose of a drawing legend
NERC ONLINE COURSES
• Discuss permissives and interlocks
associated with control systems 567-01 Basic Principles
• Describe how a control loop maintains a of Water and Steam
parameter at its control setpoint
567-02 Saturated Steam Tables
Upon completing this lesson, you will be able
• Discuss the use of trip setpoints to describe the properties of water in its liquid, After this lesson, you will be able to explain
solid, and gaseous states. You will also detail the terms associated with the physical
characteristics of water, saturated steam, and

superheated steam. In addition, you will be – Injection 581-05 Diesel Plant Control
able to interpret and discuss the information – Combustion Systems and Protective Devices
illustrated in steam tables. – Power
Upon finishing this lesson, you will be able
• Define saturation temperature – Exhaust to describe the design and function of a
• Explain what is meant by the term • Identify the difference between a two- typical control panel and identify its primary
“saturated steam”
• Define saturation pressure
stroke and four-stroke diesel engine
• Discuss the role of the diesel generator
components. You will also be able to explain the
importance of the protective devices built into
100
in our society Safety, Health, and
• Identify the critical point of water the system.
Plant Science
• Explain the difference between • Describe a typical control panel
581-02 Diesel Engine
enthalpy and entropy
• Define superheated steam
Support Systems • Explain the operation of some of the
generator controls 200
At the end of this lesson, you will understand Mechanical
• Describe the two categories of • Describe a remote operation and explain
saturated steam tables and discuss the operation and importance of the supporting how it works Maintenance
their use systems that make the diesel engine run and
300
• Identify some of the hazardous machine
operate efficiently. conditions
567-03 Superheated Steam Tables • Describe the diesel engine cooling • Discuss protective devices and identify Electrical
After completing this lesson, you will be able system what they protect Distribution
to discuss the physical characteristics of • Explain the importance and function
superheated steam under various conditions.
In addition, you will be able to interpret the
of the lubrication system used in the
diesel engine 400
information found in superheated steam tables • Describe how the fuel system stores, Electrical
and employ it in practical applications. cleans, and delivers the fuel to the Maintenance
diesel engine
• Identify the kinds of information found
in a superheated steam table • List the components of the diesel
engine’s air intake and exhaust systems
500
• Describe the information found on a Power Generating
and identify their functions
Mollier diagram Systems and
• Discuss the relationship between the 581-03 Diesel Powered Generation Operations
BTU in boiler fuels and the BTU in
superheated steam
• Use a steam table to explain what is meant
This lesson describes applications for diesel
powered generators and explains the effects 600
by “no distinguishable differences” at the they have on society and the environment. Instrumentation
critical point of water • Describe where, and under what and Control
700
circumstances, diesel powered
generation is used
581 Diesel Power • Identify benefits to society provided by
581-06 Diesel Plant
Routine Maintenance Process Systems
Plant Operations a diesel powered generator and Operations
• Discuss the importance of installing After this lesson, you will be able to describe
581-01 Diesel Engines for
and using diesel powered generators
• Describe the features of the most
routine diesel inspections and discuss their
contribution to safe and efficient operations. 800
Power Generation common type of generator and explain • Identify the standard timeframes
how it works associated with the routine inspections of and Welding
describe the design and operation of a diesel diesel plant systems
engine. In addition, you will be able to explain
581-04 Diesel Power • Explain how routine inspections affect COURSE LISTING
the importance of the diesel generator. Plant Operations outages and downtime BY TITLE
• Describe the theory behind the basic When you complete this lesson, you will be able • Describe the maintenance performed on
operation of a diesel engine to describe basic diesel power plant operations. each of the following: NERC ONLINE COURSES
• Identify the major components of the diesel • Explain how to prepare the unit for start-up – Prime mover
engine and explain the function of each • Explain how to energize the station service – Generator and exciters
• Describe what happens during each of the supply – Switchgear
following operating cycle events: • Describe on-load operations monitoring
– Intake • Walk through a typical shutdown procedure
– Compression

582 Combined Cycle • Describe the design and operating
principles of a heat recovery steam
– Attemperator
– Sampling
Power Plant Operations generator used in a combined cycle
– Dosing
application
– Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR)
582-01 Combined Cycle Power Plants • Describe the design and operating
principles of an electrical generator used – CO catalyst
to describe the basic thermal cycles of a
in a combined cycle application
• Describe the purpose of a stack damper
– Nitrogen
• Identify the general location of the
100
combined cycle power plant, including topping Safety, Health, and
on combined cycle units following systems:
and bottoming cycles. You will also be able to Plant Science
• Explain the use of supplementary firing in – Supplementary firing
200
list advantages and disadvantages of various heat recovery steam generators – Deaerator
combined cycle configurations and define • Explain natural and forced circulation in – Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR)
common terminology associated with combined the steam production process Mechanical
cycle operations. – CO catalyst
• Explain the purpose of selective catalytic Maintenance
• Explain the thermal cycles of combined • Relate the operating conditions in which
reduction and carbon monoxide catalyst
300
cycle plant supplementary firing would be impactful
systems in the operation of a combined
• Describe a combined cycle plant “topping” cycle power plant • Describe the mechanism by which
deaerators fulfill their purpose Electrical
cycle • Be able to explain the purpose of
reheat steam • List some qualities for which analyses are Distribution
• Describe a combined cycle plant
frequently performed in the steam/water
400
“bottoming” cycle
582-03 HRSG – Flow Path cycle
• List advantages of a combustion turbine-
water/steam combined cycle system and Major Equipment • State why SCR systems and CO Electrical
catalyst systems have been put in place
• Compare combined cycle plant efficiencies After finishing this lesson, you will be able to Maintenance
with the efficiencies of simple cycle plants • Relate what operating conditions a
identify and describe the major components and
500
nitrogen system would be used in
• Describe the way that simple cycle flow paths of a HRSG.
efficiencies can be increased • Recall the function of an HRSG Power Generating
• Define cogeneration and IGCC • Describe the purpose of the economizer Systems and
• Describe the effects of combustion air in an HRSG Operations
cooling and supplemental HRSG firing • Describe the purpose of the evaporator
• Explain the difference between a single
shaft and multishift combined cycle
in an HRSG
• Describe the purpose of the steam drum
600
configuration Instrumentation
in an HRSG
• Describe the use of single pressure and and Control
• Describe the purpose of the superheater
multi-pressure steam cycle designs in an HRSG
• Outline the flow path of the combustion 700
gas through the HRSG Process Systems
• Outline the flow path of the water/steam 582-05 HRSG – Basic Operating and Operations
through the HRSG Concerns and Conditions
• Explain the relationship of water flow
vs steam flow
At the end of this lesson, you will be able to 800
describe the steps to start up and shut down the Industrial Machining
HRSG and the steps to confirm it is operating and Welding
582-04 HRSG – Auxiliary normally. Additionally, conditions that may cause
Equipment and Systems concern during operation will be covered.
COURSE LISTING
When you complete this lesson, you will be able • Explain important steps during startup, BY TITLE
to identify some auxiliary systems that may be shutdown, and normal operations
582-02 Combined Cycle Power Plant found in an HRSG and recall their purpose and • Explain the need for maintaining steam NERC ONLINE COURSES
Components benefit to the unit. flow during the startup process
• Recall the purpose of the following • State why the operating environment of
This lesson identifies and describes the major the HRSG is important
systems:
components of a combined cycle power plant.
– Supplementary firing • Describe why the use of vents and
• Describe the design and operating – Bleed air drains ensures steam quality
principles of a combustion turbine used
in a combined cycle application – Deaerator

• Identify what shutdown conditions would components. You will also be able to explain • List the common parameters monitored
modify the shutdown procedure the design principles governing the operation of by the water treatment, sampling, and
• Recall why and how pressure and these systems. analysis systems
temperature affect the life expectancy of • Describe the purpose of the condensate
the HRSG system in a combined cycle plant
100
• Explain how pressure is created during the • Explain the operation of a water-cooled
steam production process condenser
• Explain how pressure and temperature are • Explain the operation of an air-cooled Safety, Health, and
controlled in the steam systems condenser Plant Science
• Define cycling
200
• Describe the purpose of a steam jet air
• Identify what components are most ejector, vacuum pump, and hogger
susceptible to failure when cycling • Describe the function of a deaerator Mechanical
• Explain and define: • Describe the common deaerator Maintenance
– Stress corrosion cracking arrangements used in combined cycle
–
–
Fatigue corrosion cracking
Thermal fatigue
power plants
• Explain the difference between a once-
300
through and a closed-circuit circulating Electrical
– Creep
water system Distribution
582-06 Combined Cycle Steam and
400
• Describe the purpose of a cooling tower
Feedwater Operating Principles in a combined cycle circulating water
system 582-10 Steam Turbines in a Electrical
When you finish this lesson, you will be able to Combined Cycle Plant
describe the feedwater and steam flowpaths in a Maintenance
500
typical combined cycle power plant. You will also Upon completing this lesson, you will be able
be able to explain the HRSG design principles to describe the basic components of a steam
governing plant operation. turbine and explain its purpose in relation to a Power Generating
combined cycle power plant. In addition, you will Systems and
• Describe the system flow path of a basic
be able to identify common turbine auxiliaries
single-pressure cycle Operations
and describe basic steam turbine operations.
• Describe the function of the following
components of an HRSG:
– Economizer
• Describe the energy conversions that
take place between the HRSG and steam 600
turbine Instrumentation
– Evaporator and Control
• Recall the steam flow path through a high,
– Superheater intermediate, and low-pressure turbine
• Explain the concept of a pinch point
• Describe the system flow path of a
• Identify the purpose of the following steam
turbine valves:
700
582-08 Combined Cycle Process Systems
dual-pressure (HP and LP) cycle – Main steam stop valves
Auxiliary Systems and Operations
• Describe the system flow path of a – Turbine governor and control valves
triple-pressure (HP, IP, and LP) cycle
• Explain the purpose of a pegging
This lesson describes the function and operation
of the auxiliary components and systems found
– Reheat and intercept valves
• Identify the difference between full arc
800
steam line in a typical combined cycle power plant. Industrial Machining
admission and partial arc admission
• Describe the system flow path of a and Welding
• Describe the function of the closed cooling
triple-pressure cycle with reheat water system
• Explain the operation of an HRSG • List the typical heat loads cooled by the 583 Hydroelectric Power COURSE LISTING
feedwater pump
• Describe the function of a steam
auxiliary cooling water system
Plant Operations BY TITLE
• Explain the reason for maintaining
attemperator chemistry control of boiler water NERC ONLINE COURSES
• Describe the common methods of HRSG 583-01 The Hydroelectric
582-07 Combined Cycle Condensate chemistry control, including the following: Role in the Power System
and Circulating Water Systems – All volatile treatment At the end of this lesson, you will be able to
After this lesson, you will be able to explain the – Phosphate treatment explain the advantages of hydroelectric power
flow paths of the condensate and circulating – Caustic treatment and describe the significant contributions of
water systems and describe their major

hydroelectric energy to the environment and of the hydroelectric power generator and the • Examine precautions and procedures for
economy. component of the lower unit. operating electrical equipment, including
lockout/tagout procedures
• Identify hydroelectric contributions • Examine the design characteristics of the
penstock, scroll case, and suction tube • Identify the process for the hydroelectric
• Examine the roles of hydroelectric plant’s system start-up and removal from
power within the power system • Describe the wicket gate operations service
• Review specific advantages of
hydroelectricity
• Characterize a number of turbine types
and their uses 100
Safety, Health, and
• Describe guide and thrust bearings
583-02 Hydroelectric Power Stations • Identify stators and generator supports
Plant Science
identify the major components in a hydroelectric
• Explain generator operations
200
power station. You will also examine the 583-05 Generator Monitoring Mechanical
operations of hydroelectric power stations, and Control Maintenance
describe variations among them, and explain
the components common to each hydropower
generating station.
describe the monitoring and controlling of the 300
generator in hydroelectric generating stations by Electrical
• Describe a variety of hydroelectric identifying the various components of the turbine Distribution
plant construction designs
and generator and explaining their functions.
• Define the principles of hydropower
operations • Explain the operating principles of the
turbine generator and their components
583-08 Mechanical Governor 400
• Explain the purpose of various Electrical
hydroelectric plant components • Explain the use of hydraulic forces to This lesson identifies components of the Maintenance
control the speed and frequency of a mechanical governor and describes its
583-03 Water Management hydroelectric turbine generator
• Identify hydraulic governor components
operations.
• Identify major governor components
500
This lesson identifies the various issues of water Power Generating
management and their impacts on hydroelectric • Describe the operations of a hydraulic • Explain governor operations
governor Systems and
power generation. Operations
583-09 Electric Governor
• Explain the importance of inflow 583-06 Hydroelectric Plant Auxiliaries
forecasting when determining the efficient
production of hydroelectric power After this lesson, you will be able to identify the
identify the evolution of the electric governor, 600
auxiliary systems inside a hydroelectric power components, functions, and governor operations. Instrumentation
• Describe environmental considerations
when constructing hydroelectric plant. and Control
• Recall electric governor evolution
700
generating stations • Explain the fire protection system used
• Identify electric governor components
• Examine water management policies in a hydroelectric plant
• Recall electric governor functions
• Describe the construction and purpose Process Systems
of the packing box • Identify electric governor operations
and Operations
• Explain the operation and purpose of
the cooling water system
• Describe the operation of the service 584 Biomass Energy 800
air system of a hydroelectric plant Industrial Machining
584-01 Introduction to and Welding
583-07 Operating Electrical Biomass Power Plants
Equipment in a Hydroelectric Plant COURSE LISTING
After completing this lesson, you will be able to BY TITLE
define biomass and list common biomass fuels
identify the standard procedures for operating used in the production of electricity. You will
electrical equipment in a hydroelectric plant, also be able to describe biomass storage, fuel NERC ONLINE COURSES
including lockout/tagout procedures and startup handling equipment, and various configurations
and shutdown procedures of biomass boilers.
583-04 Hydroelectric Generators • Identify pre-start procedures for electrical • Define biomass
When you complete this lesson, you will be equipment within the hydroelectric plant
• List common sources of biomass fuels
able to identify and describe the operations
• List advantages of biomass fuels over coal

• Describe fuel handling and storage • Describe the components that typically 585-04 Wind Energy Production
equipment used in biomass power plant comprise the drive train on a wind turbine
applications After this lesson, you will be able to discuss the
• Describe the basic wind turbine design
• Describe the various boiler designs used in currently used in the production of relationship between the size of a wind farm
biomass plants electricity and its corresponding capacity factor. You will
also be able to explain how wind energy impacts
584-02 Biomass and Waste
to Energy Power Plants
585-02 Wind Farm Development traditional energy markets.
• Define capacity factor
100
This lesson discusses the factors that must be Safety, Health, and
After finishing this lesson, you will be able to considered when identifying a possible location • Compare the capacity factor of a traditional Plant Science
explain the difference between mass burn and for a wind farm. coal-fired power plant to that of a modern
refuse-derived fuel waste to energy plants. You
will be able to describe the types of fuel and
• Discuss five key considerations taken into
account when initially selecting a site for a
wind farm
• Describe how the costs of construction and 200
operation for a traditional fossil-fired power Mechanical
the fuel processing that takes place in these wind farm
facilities. You will also be able to describe the plant compare to those of a new, large Maintenance
• Describe three categories of wind farms scale wind farm
300
combustions systems used in these facilities. • Discuss the information that may be • Discuss how the cost of wind energy has
• Define Municipal Solid Waste (MSW) included in a detailed wind resource study become more competitive over the years
• Define Refuse Derived Waste (RDF) • Explain how the wind resource study Electrical
impacts the location of the wind farm Distribution
• Compare mass to flow RDF waste to
586 Reciprocating
400
energy facilities • Describe “wake” as it relates to wind
turbine operation
• List undesirable components in MSW Engine Power Plants
• Describe the major components in the Electrical
585-03 Horizontal Wind Turbine Maintenance
waste handling system of a waste to
energy facility Design and Operation
• Describe the major components in the
combustion system of a waste to energy
explain how wind flowing over the blades causes
500
facility Power Generating
the turbine rotor to turn. In addition, you will be
Systems and
able to describe the operation of wind turbine
components and discuss how wind turbines are Operations
585 Wind Energy
600
controlled.
• Describe five key components common to
horizontal wind turbines Instrumentation
• Identify the two most common types of and Control
blades
• Discuss the type of generator most
commonly used in wind turbines
700
Process Systems
• Describe how pitch-controlled blades and Operations
control wind turbine speed
• Explain the purpose of the yaw mechanism 586-01 Introduction to Reciprocating
Engine Power Plants 800
After completing this lesson, you will be able to and Welding
explain the operation of a reciprocating engine
585-01 Basic Wind Turbine Design and describe the common configurations in
When you complete this lesson, you will be which it can be used in power generation COURSE LISTING
able to explain how a wind turbine harnesses facilities. BY TITLE
the kinetic energy in wind and converts it into • Define reciprocating engine
useful mechanical energy. In addition, you will NERC ONLINE COURSES
• Describe the basic operation of a
be able to identify the principle components that reciprocating engine
comprise a typical, modern wind turbine.
• Explain the role of reciprocating engines in
• Define wind large-scale power generation
• Discuss some factors that affect wind • Describe the typical layout of a stand-alone
• Identify two classifications of wind turbines reciprocating engine power plant

• Explain why reciprocating engines are engine power plant and describes their major • Describe the importance of slow-turning
incorporated into existing power plants components. a reciprocating engine
• Describe the use of cogeneration in a • Explain the operation of the fuel systems • Describe the conditions monitored
reciprocating engine power plant for liquid and gas-fueled reciprocating during normal reciprocating engine
engines operation
586-03 Fundamentals of
100
• Describe the major components of a typical • Explain the adverse effects of low-load
Reciprocating Engine Design reciprocating engine lube oil system operation on a reciprocating engine
Upon completing this lesson, you will be able • Explain the function of compressed air • Describe the methods of performing a Safety, Health, and
to describe the major types of reciprocating systems in a reciprocating engine power reciprocating engine shutdown Plant Science
engines and their fuel sources. You will also plant • Describe the conditions required to
be able to describe the function of the major
components of a reciprocating engine as applied
• Describe the operation of the high-
temperature (HT) and low-temperature (LT)
maintain a reciprocating engine in
standby 200
cooling water circuits Mechanical
to power generation.
• Explain the purpose of the charge air and
586-09 Generator Control in Maintenance
• Describe the operation of liquid fuel- Reciprocating Engine Power Plants
300
ignited and spark-ignited (Otto Cycle) exhaust gas system
reciprocating engines • Describe the function of a steam When you complete this lesson, you will be
• Describe the operation of a compression- generating system as it relates to a able to explain generator operation modes and Electrical
ignited (Diesel Cycle) reciprocating engine reciprocating engine power plant the methods used to control generator output Distribution
voltage. You will also be able to describe ways
400
• List the types of fuels commonly used in 586-06 Reciprocating Engine
reciprocating engines the automatic generator control system
Electrical and Control Systems regulates loading and protects against faults
• Describe common reciprocating engine Electrical
fuel systems, including the following When you finish this lesson, you will be able on the generator output.
Maintenance
components: to explain the electrical control modes used to • Describe the following generator
– Fuel pumps
– Gas ramps
maintain engine speed and the control systems
used for starting, stopping, and maintaining safe
voltage regulator control modes:
– Power factor 500
– Fuel rack
engine operation. – Voltage droop Power Generating
• Describe how automatic and manual – Voltage droop compensation Systems and
• Explain the operation of a dual-fuel (DF)
reciprocating engine control modes affect generator operations Operations
• Explain voltage droop in relation to a
600
• Describe the function of the following • Explain the speed droop mode of engine generator excitation control system
reciprocating engine components: control • List the conditions that must be met
– Turbocharger • Explain the isochronous mode of engine before the generator can be Instrumentation
control synchronized with the grid and Control
– Compressed Air Systems
• Explain the kW control mode of engine • List the conditions which may result in
700
– Cooling Water Pumps
control a generator breaker trip
– Lube Oil Pumps
• Describe the engine starting circuit
permissive logic 586-11 Reciprocating Engine Process Systems
• List the conditions which may result in an General Inspection and Operations
800
automatic engine shutdown/auto-stop After finishing this lesson, you will be able to
• List the conditions which may result in an identify the general inspection requirements, the
engine load reduction components involved, and how to remove them Industrial Machining
for further inspection and overhaul. and Welding
586-07 Reciprocating
• Identify the cost benefits of performing
Engine Operations preventive maintenance COURSE LISTING
At the end of this lesson, you will be able to • Define general inspection in relation to BY TITLE
describe the steps to start up and shut down a reciprocating engine maintenance
reciprocating engine and the steps to confirm it • Recall engine components removed for NERC ONLINE COURSES
is operating normally. Additionally, some special a general inspection
586-05 Reciprocating Engine operating conditions will be covered. • Describe maintenance procedures for
Auxiliary Systems • Explain the pre-startup checks performed removing components during a general
as part of the reciprocating engine startup inspection
This lesson explains the operation of the major process
systems commonly found in a reciprocating

587 Nuclear Energy • Explain the operation of the recirculation
pumps in a PWR nuclear power plant.
• Explain Maximum Power Point (MPP) and
how voltage, current, and power output are
• Explain the function of the pressurizer related in a photovoltaic cell
in a PWR nuclear power plant • Explain how photovoltaic cells are rranged
• Explain the function of the steam to form modules, panels, and arrays
100
generators in a PWR nuclear power plant • Understand the function of the following
• Describe the basic operation of a Boiling equipment related to photovoltaic solar
Water Reactor (BWR) nuclear power plant installations: Safety, Health, and
• Describe the pressure vessel of a BWR – Batteries Plant Science
– Inverters
200
• Explain the function and operation of the
recirculation jet pumps of a BWR – Charge controllers
587-01 Nuclear Power Principles and
• Describe the fuel rods used in PWRs and – Peak-power trackers
Designs Mechanical
BWRs – Mounting hardware Maintenance
After this lesson, you will be able to explain the • Explain how the reactivity is controlled • Describe and give examples of the
300
basic theory and operation of a nuclear power in PWRs and BWRs following types of photovoltaic applications:
plant. You will also be able to explain the basic – Direct coupled
process of nuclear fission and describe various Electrical
– Stand-alone
nuclear reactor designs. 589 Solar Energy – Grid-connected
Distribution
• Describe the type of fuel used in nuclear
power plants
• Explain the purpose of control rods in
589-01 Introduction to Solar Energy
– Hybrid-connected
400
After finishing this lesson, you will be able to 589-05 Solar Energy – Electrical
nuclear reactors
explain the benefits of solar power generation Thermal Applications Maintenance
• Describe the use of coolants in nuclear
500
reactors and how solar power can be used to augment Upon completing this lesson, you will be able
• Explain the use of moderators in nuclear
power generation from fossil fuels. You will also to explain how concentrated solar power can
reactors be able to describe the most common methods be used to generate electricity. You will also be Power Generating
of solar power generation used today. able to describe the function and operation of Systems and
• Explain the process of nuclear fission
• Describe the benefits of solar power the components that make up a functioning solar Operations
• Describe the basic design of a thermal power generating system.
production
600
pressurized water reactor
• Describe the basic design of a boiling • List common ways solar energy can be • Explain Concentrated Solar Power (CSP)
water reactor used to augment traditional fossil fuel and how it is converted to electrical energy
generation Instrumentation
• Describe the basic design of heavy water • Describe a Rankine cycle power plant in and Control
reactors • Explain how energy storage systems are relation to CSP
700
used to overcome deficiencies in solar • Explain the function of the major
• Describe the basic design of gas cooled power production
reactors components in a CSP power plant:
• Describe how a photovoltaic solar plant – Solar collector Process Systems
• Describe the basic design of liquid metal produces and delivers power to the grid
fast breeder reactors – Heat transfer medium and Operations
• Describe how a thermal solar plant
800
• Describe the basic design of pressure – Thermal energy storage
produces and supplies steam for use in
tube graphite reactors electrical power generation – Boiler
• Turbine generator Industrial Machining
587-02 PWR and BWR 589-03 Solar Energy – Photovoltaic and Welding
• Describe the following types of solar
Operation and Design At the end of this lesson, you will be able collectors:
This lesson describes and explains the operating to explain the purpose of photovoltaic cells – Power tower COURSE LISTING
principles and design of the two major types of and describe how they can be arranged to – Parabolic trough BY TITLE
nuclear power plants. form arrays suitable for power generation. • Describe the components and explain
• Explain the basic operation of a You will also be able to describe the common the operation of a parabolic trough NERC ONLINE COURSES
Pressurized Water Reactor (PWR) components required to support power concentrated solar power system
nuclear power plant generation from photovoltaic systems. • Compare stand-alone and integrated solar
• Describe the containment structure of • Describe the basic construction and combined cycle (ISCC) plant design
a PWR nuclear power plant operation of a photovoltaic cell
• Describe the reactor pressure vessel of • Define photovoltaic effect as it relates
a PWR nuclear power plant production of photovoltaic cells

603 Process Control Variables
603-01 Instrumentation
600 and Control Overview
describe the basic operating principles behind 100
the instrumentation and control common to your Safety, Health, and
unit. You will also be able to identify various Plant Science
instrumentation components and discuss the
200
Instrumentation
ways instrumentation systems collect and
transmit information.
Mechanical
• Discuss the importance of instrumentation Maintenance
and control
and Control
• Define the following common plant process
variables: 300
– Pressure Electrical
– Temperature
Distribution
–
–
Flow
Level 400
– Analytical Electrical
• Describe the basic function of process
Maintenance
500
instrumentation
• Explain the relationship between common
process variables Power Generating
• Define terms associated with process Systems and
instrumentation: Operations
– Differential (delta Δ)
–
–
Local control
Remote control
600
Instrumentation
– Control loop and Control
– Electronic
–
–
Pneumatic
Analog
700
Process Systems
– Digital and Operations
603-02 Principles of Temperature
800
the concepts of temperature and heat transfer
and be able to convert between common and Welding
temperature scales.
• Define heat and temperature and explain COURSE LISTING
the difference between them BY TITLE
• Recognize different temperature scales
and list their basic units of measurement NERC ONLINE COURSES
• Convert between common temperature
scales
• Describe how heat transfer can change the
temperature or other physical properties of
a substance

• Describe the following methods of heat • Explain thermocouple compensation
transfer: and the effect of wires and junctions on
– Conduction accurate temperature measurement
– Convection • Describe distance-to-size ratio in an
infrared radiation thermometer
– Radiation
100
• Explain emissivity in relation to an infrared
radiation thermometer
Safety, Health, and
603-07 Pressure Measuring Devices Plant Science
This lesson identifies and describes the
603-05 Principles of Flow operation of various pressure sensing and
measurement devices.
200
After this lesson, you will be able to describe the Mechanical
principles of fluid flow and understand how these • Describe the difference between absolute, Maintenance
principles provide multiple means for measuring gauge, vacuum, and differential pressure
603-03 Principles of Pressure

flow rate in the process industry.
• Define flow rate
• Describe and explain the operation of
liquid column manometers, including the 300
After finishing this lesson, you will understand following types: Electrical
• Discuss the difference between volumetric Distribution
pressure and how it is measured. You will be – U-tube
and mass flow rate and list the common
400
able to apply conversion formulas to convert units used for measuring each – Well
readings from one standard pressure scale to • Describe the common types of flow – Inclined tube
another. measuring devices used in industrial • Describe and explain the operation of Electrical
• Define pressure and list the basic units of processes elastic pressure sensors, including the Maintenance
pressure measurement • Using the concept of flow profiles, explain following types:
• Discuss the formula used to calculate
pressure (P = F/A)
laminar and turbulent flow including a
discussion of Reynolds Numbers
– Bourdon tube
– Bellows
500
• Explain how flow rate is affected by the
Power Generating
• List the factors and conditions that affect – Diaphragm
pressure following fluid properties: Systems and
• Explain in detail the construction and Operations
• Explain how Boyle’s Law and the combined – Pressure operation of a Bourdon tube pressure
600
gas law relate to pressure – Density gauge
• Recognize common pressure – Viscosity • Describe the purpose of a pressure switch,
measurement scales and demonstrate • Describe how detector position and flow pressure transducer, and a d/p cell Instrumentation
your ability to calculate conversion disturbances can affect the accuracy of and Control
between them flow rate measurements
603-04 Principles of Level 603-06 Temperature Instruments 700
Process Systems
This lesson explains the concept of level and When you complete this lesson, you will be able
describe how it is measured. and Operations
to identify various temperature measuring and
• Define level
• Explain the difference between continuous
sensing devices, and describe their operation.
• Describe and give examples of the
800
and single-point level detection following types of temperature measuring Industrial Machining
• List the basic units of level measurement devices: and Welding
• Define the following terms associated with – Thermal Expansion Thermometers
level measurement: – Electrical Thermometers COURSE LISTING
– Innage – Infrared Radiation Thermometers BY TITLE
603-08 Level Measuring Devices
– Ullage (outage) • Explain the operation of a resistance
– Level temperature detector (RTD) and bridge After finishing this lesson, you will be able to NERC ONLINE COURSES
– Interface
circuit identify various level sensing and measurement
• Describe how to properly connect a 2-wire devices, and describe their basic operation.
– Meniscus
or 3-wire RTD to a temperature transmitter • Describe the basic types of level
– Buoyancy
• Describe how temperature is measured measurements, including point and
using a thermocouple continuous level methods

• Explain the operation of the following types 603-15 Weight Measuring Devices • Recall the differences between analog and
of direct measuring level instruments: digital oscilloscopes
This lesson describes various
– Weighted tape gauge • Identify waveform types and examples of
weight measuring devices equipment that produce those waveforms
– Sight glass
used in industrial applications
– Reflex gauge glass • Describe how to use the basic controls of
and explains their operating
100
– Float an oscilloscope
principles.
• Explain the operation of the following types • Express how to take simple measurements
• Identify the two types of for voltage, period, amplitude, frequency, Safety, Health, and
of indirect measuring level instruments: balance scales and phase shift Plant Science
– Pressure detector • Describe platform scales
200
– Bubbler • Describe stretched and
– Displacer compressed spring scales
– Capacitance probe Mechanical
• Explain the operation of
– Ultrasonic/radiation sensor electronic, hydraulic, and Maintenance
pneumatic load cells
300
– Weight sensor
• Explain the operation of linear variable
603-09 Flow Measuring Devices differential transformers Electrical
At the end of this lesson, you will be able to • Describe batch and belt scales, including Distribution
continuous weigh feeders and nuclear
identify and describe the basic operation of
various direct and indirect flow measurement
devices.
scales
400
Electrical
• Describe the following types of flow 605 Test Equipment Maintenance
measuring devices, or flowmeters:
–
–
Mass flowmeters
Velocity based flowmeters
605-01 Multimeter
605-03 Power Supplies
500
At the end of this lesson, you will understand the Power Generating
– Variable area flowmeters to identify the main sections of a DC power Systems and
– Pressure based flowmeters
basics of a digital multimeter and volt-ohm-meter supply and describe the types of regulation and
and how to properly use a multimeter. Operations
• Explain how a Coriolis flowmeter and a regulators. You will also understand how a linear
600
thermal flowmeter determine mass flowrate • Describe the multimeter’s regulator works and be able to troubleshoot
function power supply problems.
• Describe the operation of the following
and operation Instrumentation
velocity based flowmeters: • Explain the function of the sections of
– Turbine flowmeter
• Discuss multimeter a DC power supply. Describe a block and Control
specifications diagram of a DC power supply
700
– Vortex flowmeter
• Identify the symbols on a • Explain the difference between line
– Magnetic flowmeter multimeter regulation and load regulation
– Ultrasonic flowmeter Process Systems
• Discuss the tool’s range • Recognize the difference between linear
– Optical flowmeter and resolution. and Operations
and switching power supplies
800
• Explain how a rotameter uses variable flow • Demonstrate how to • Discuss how to set up and use a power
area to determine flowrate safely use a multimeter supply
• Explain how differential pressure can to make measurements Industrial Machining
• Explain the process for troubleshooting
indirectly indicate flowrate power supplies and Welding
• Describe the following methods for 605-02 Oscilloscopes
producing a differential pressure commonly When you finish this lesson, you will understand 605-04 Signal Generators COURSE LISTING
used in flow measuring instruments: how to use the controls of an oscilloscope to After this lesson, you will understand the basic BY TITLE
– Orifice plates measure electrical signals. You will also be controls and operations of a signal generator.
– Venturi tubes able to set an oscilloscope to measure voltage, You will be able to use the device to generate NERC ONLINE COURSES
– Flow nozzles frequency, time, and phase shift. basic waveforms for troubleshooting.
– Pitot tubes • State what values are represented on the • Describe how signal generators work
• Describe the difference between and give x and y axes of the display
• Identify types of electrical waveforms
examples of concentric and non-concentric • Name the general components of an
orifice plates oscilloscope needed to display a waveform • Describe waveform parameters

• Discuss the operation of basic signal 605-07 Pressure and basic operation of direct and indirect analysis
generator controls measurement devices.
Vacuum Calibrators
• Demonstrate how to use a signal generator • Identify the units of measurement for
to generate simple waveforms When you complete this lesson, you will
analytical variables
understand how various types of pressure
605-05 Temperature and vacuum calibrators operate and how to • Describe basic operation of analytical
and Loop Calibrators use them. measurement devices
• Recognize the general purpose of 100
After finishing this lesson, • Explain the purpose of a pressure and analytical measurement Safety, Health, and
vacuum calibrator Plant Science
you will understand the • Define terms associated with analytical:
basic function and operation • Describe a deadweight calibrator and
200
its uses – Measurement.
of temperature calibration
• Explain the operation of a variator – Analyzer
equipment and loop calibrators. You will be able Mechanical
to explain the difference between contact and • Understand the uses of an aspirator – Concentration
bulb – Conductivity Maintenance
non-contact sensors
300
• Explain when to use a hand pump – Moisture
• Explain how temperature sources
and simulators are used to perform • Describe pneumatic calibrators and – pH
thermocouple and RTD calibration when they are used – Humidity Electrical
• Describe the common types of temperature – Dew point Distribution
sources used for calibrating temperature 605-08 Megohmmeter
instruments:
– Dry Well (Block)
At the end of this lesson, you will be able to use 400
a megohmmeter to safely take a reading of the Electrical
– Liquid and Fluidized-Sand Bath resistance of wire insulation. Maintenance
– Thermoelectric • Recall the purpose of insulation
• Describe the operation of a blackbody
calibrator
• List the modes of insulation deterioration 500
• Identify the purpose of a megohmmeter Power Generating
• Describe the function and common
features of a loop calibrator • Describe the types of megohmmeters Systems and
• List the components of a megohmmeter Operations
• Explain the three basic modes of operation
600
of a 4-20 mA loop calibrator: • Describe how to conduct a spot test
– Measuring current
– Sourcing current
607-02 Introduction to Analytical Instrumentation
– Simulating a transmitter
Testing and Control
This lesson identifies and describes the function
605-06 Manometers of several key analyzers commonly found in
industrial facilities.
700
This lesson describes a Process Systems
manometer and explains • Explain the use of analyzers in an and Operations
how the most common industrial facility
types of manometers are
used to measure pressure.
• Identify and describe the operation of the
following commonly used analyzers:
800
• Define manometer and describe how it differs – Hydrometer
and Welding
from other pressure measuring devices – Vibrating u-tube density analyzer
• Describe the purpose of a manometer and – Nuclear radiation density
list its common uses analyzer COURSE LISTING
BY TITLE
• Explain the terms parallax and meniscus in
relation to using a manometer to obtain a
607 Analyzers – Slurry density analyzer
– Hydrostatic pressure
pressure reading density analyzer NERC ONLINE COURSES
• Describe the construction and operation of 607-01 Analytical Instruments – Falling piston viscosity
common types of manometers, including analyzer
the U-tube, well, and inclined tube – Rotating spindle
manometer correctly identify analytical variables and explain
the processes for measuring them. You will viscosity analyzer
• Explain the factors which can affect the – Rheometer
be able to explain analysis and describe the
accuracy of a manometer

609 Calibration and 609-03 Introduction to • Describe a master sheet and identify
commonly used symbols
Troubleshooting Troubleshooting
• Identify instruments, control loops, line
When you finish this lesson, you will be able to designations, and piping on a P&ID
describe basic troubleshooting techniques for
609-01 Calibration Overview, Part 1 temperature, pressure, level, and flow equipment
• Trace the course of a process from
100
beginning to end
After this lesson, you will be able to explain in the plant.
calibration and describe basic calibration • List available resources to help you
methods and equipment. Safety, Health, and
troubleshoot a problem
Plant Science
• Discuss the three-point and five-point • Describe the best way to read a gauge.
methods of calibration
• Identify pneumatic and electronic
• Define:
– Linearity
200
calibration equipment Mechanical
– Hysteresis
• Discuss calibrating procedures for Maintenance
– Repeatability
electronic and pneumatic calibration
equipment
• Define:
–
–
Accuracy versus precision
Parallax 300
Electrical
– Calibration 609-04 Instrument Troubleshooting Distribution
– Noisy signal
400
This lesson explains the basic steps used in
– I/P transducer
instrument troubleshooting.
611-02 Reading a P&ID
– Zero After completing this lesson, you will be able to Electrical
• Identify common causes of instrument
– Span (range) malfunctions use a P&ID to identify instrumentation, common Maintenance
– Live zero equipment, and symbols used in your area. You
500
• Discuss the value of troubleshooting and
outline the steps employed in successful will also be able to describe how components
troubleshooting are related.
Power Generating
• Identify common sensors and discuss the • Identify symbols for selected vessels,
malfunctions often associated with each of compressors, heat exchangers, valves, Systems and
them and pumps Operations
600
• List the basic steps for troubleshooting an • Identify instrument symbols
instrument on a control loop
• Describe how the instruments in control
loops are named on a P&ID Instrumentation
• Identify piping and determine information and Control
611 Prints and Drawings about a pipeline including:
611-01 P&ID Basics

– Material in the line
– Size of the pipe
700
Process Systems
At the end of this lesson, you will have the – Line number and Operations
609-02 Calibration Overview, Part 2 skills necessary to read a P&ID. You will be • Recognize the different types of lines
Upon completion of this lesson, you will be
able to explain methods used to calibrate
able to identify symbols and function labels and
describe how the components are related.
including pneumatic, hydraulic, electric,
and signal lines 800
transducers, control valve positioners, and smart • Define P&ID and discuss its importance to Industrial Machining
instruments. the facility 611-03 Electrical Drawings and Welding
• Discuss common methods of calibration • Identify who uses a P&ID After this lesson, you will be able to identify
• Explain how to calibrate transducers and • List the types of information typically found the different types of electrical drawings and COURSE LISTING
transmitters on a P&ID and describe where each of the describe how each is used. You will also be able BY TITLE
following is located on the drawing: to identify and describe the common elements
• Describe smart instruments and common
– Title block and symbols that make up electrical drawings. NERC ONLINE COURSES
troubleshooting methods
– Main drawing • Explain the purpose of an electrical
• Discuss the steps to calibrate controllers
and control valve positioners – Line schedules drawing
• Define: – Equipment descriptions • Describe the title block, revision block,
– Smart instruments – Issue descriptions reference block, and legend block
– Impulse leg – Notes • Identify symbols commonly used in
– Zone numbers electrical drawings

• Explain why device numbers are used in • Describe two types of construction 613-03 Introduction to Switches
electrical drawings drawings commonly used in industrial
facilities when new buildings or large At the end of this lesson, you will be able to
• Describe the purpose of each of the
following: equipment are constructed identify common types of electrical switching
• Describe the use of mechanical drawings devices and describe the principles of their
– Block drawing
by facility mechanics as part of their jobs operation.
–
–
One-line diagram
Wiring diagram
• Explain the purpose of electrical diagrams • Explain the purpose of an electrical switch 100
– Schematic diagram
• Identify the various types of electrical Safety, Health, and
switches Plant Science
– Connection diagram 613 Automated Control • Describe variations and operating
200
– Interconnection diagram principles of throw and pole switches
– Raceway diagram
613-01 Introduction to • Explain the difference between mercury
Mechanical
– Cable schedule and reed relay switches
Automated Control Maintenance
– Logic diagram • Describe the operation of mercury,
This lesson discusses the basic design and
300
reed relay, float, pressure, limit, flow,
611-04 Logic Diagrams function of automated control loops. pushbutton, selector, and drum switches
Upon completing this lesson, you will be able to • Describe the main elements employed in • Describe the operation of joysticks Electrical
state the important features of a logic diagram an automated control loop • Identify the operating principles of interlock Distribution
and identify the most common types of logic • Explain the difference between open and switches
gates and how each is used. You will also
be able to identify the common symbols and
closed control loops
• Define the following terms as they relate to
• Explain the purpose and operation of
safety switches
400
an automated control system: Electrical
components on a logic diagram and explain their
relationship to each other. 613-04 Electronic Control Systems Maintenance
– Process variable
• Explain the purpose of a logic diagram
• Describe the title block, revision block,
– Control variable
– Final control element
to describe the design and function of typical 500
reference block, legend block, and grid electronic control systems used in industrial Power Generating
coordinates facilities. Systems and
• Identify the common symbols associated • Identify electronic control system Operations
with logic diagrams
600
components
• Describe the principles of logic gates and • Describe some precautions taken when
identify common logic gate types using electronic instruments in hazardous Instrumentation
• Define the following terms: environments and Control
– Logic gates • Identify how some field devices are used in
–
–
Boolean logic
Ladder logic
electronic control systems
• Describe a typical electronic control room
700
layout Process Systems
– Truth tables and Operations
• Identify advantages and disadvantages of
800
611-05 Industrial Print electronic control systems
Reading Overview 613-02 Pneumatic Control Systems
When you finish this lesson, you will be able Industrial Machining
to describe the design and function of typical 615 Signal Transmission and Welding
describe the different types of drawings used by
site employees to design, repair, and maintain
pneumatic control systems used in industrial and Conversion
facilities. COURSE LISTING
equipment in the facility. In addition, you will
have the skills necessary to determine which • Identify pneumatic control system 615-01 Signal Transmission BY TITLE
type of drawing should be used to acquire the components
After this lesson, you will be able to provide a
specific information directing a specific project. • Explain pneumatic signal transmission
general overview of how mechanical, analog, NERC ONLINE COURSES
ranges
• Explain the purpose drawings and digital, pneumatic, electrical, fiber optic, and
schematics serve in an industrial setting • Describe a typical pneumatic control room wireless systems are used to transmit signals
layout
• Describe seven categories most industrial in industrial control loops. You will also be able
drawings fall under • Identify advantages and disadvantages of to convert measured values into corresponding
pneumatic control systems
• Discuss the purpose of a civil drawing

transmission values, and transmitted values understand additional functionality available 617-02 Operation of Automatic-
back into measured values. through the use of intelligent transmitters. Manual Transfer Stations
• Compare analog and digital signal • Describe the basic operation of a smart After finishing this lesson, you will be able to
transmission transmitter
describe the basic design, function, and use of
• Describe the operation of pneumatic signal • List some advantages of smart transmitters an automatic-manual transfer station.
transmission systems
• Identify several varieties of electric signal
• List some disadvantages of smart
transmitters
• Identify the purpose and describe the
operation of an automatic-manual
100
transmission systems Safety, Health, and
• Discuss the additional capabilities supplied transfer station
• Describe the following types of signal by intelligent transmitters Plant Science
• Describe the function of the transfer
200
transmission:
switch
– Mechanical 615-04 Transducers
• Describe what is meant by transfer
– Optical When you complete this lesson, you will be balancing Mechanical
– Wireless able to discuss the function of a transducer • Explain how to transfer control from Maintenance
and describe types of conversions transducers
300
• Explain how to convert between measured manual to automatic
values and transmitted values perform. You will also be able to explain the • Explain how to transfer control from
operating principles behind the most common automatic to manual Electrical
types of transducers.
Distribution
• List various types of transducers and
identify their function
• Describe I/P transducer operating 400
mechanics Electrical
• Describe P/I transducer operating Maintenance
mechanics
• Discuss the basic principle behind
capacitive pressure transducer operation
500
Power Generating
• Define stress and strain; explain how their Systems and
relationship is used in a variable resistance Operations
sensor
615-02 Basic Principles of

• Discuss the basic operating principle
behind variable frequency sensor operation 600
Industrial Transmitters • Identify the purpose of A/D (analog Instrumentation
to digital) and D/A (digital to analog) and Control
Upon finishing this lesson, you will be able to converters
describe the basic function and operation of
pneumatic and electric transmitters. You will 700
Process Systems
also understand the formula relating transmitter 617 Controllers and 617-03 Final Control Elements
and Operations
outputs to inputs.
Final Control At the end of this lesson, you will be able to
800
• Explain the need for transmission of describe the basic design and function of various
process signals in industrial facilities types of final control elements used in control
• Describe the basic operation of each of the 617-01 Controller Control Modes loops in industrial facilities. Industrial Machining
following: This lesson describes the design and function of and Welding
• Describe a final control element
– Pneumatic transmitters the four main control modes used by industrial
• Explain how control valves and their
– Electrical transmitters controllers. actuators are used as final control COURSE LISTING
– Variable inductance transmitters • Describe each of the following controller elements BY TITLE
• Calculate transmitter outputs from a given modes: • Identify types of dampers used as final
input – On-off control mode control elements NERC ONLINE COURSES
– Proportional control mode • Describe common variable speed
615-03 Smart Transmitters – Integral, or reset, control mode drives that may be used as final control
At the end of this lesson, you will be able to – Derivative, or rate, control mode
elements
describe the basic design, operation, and • Explain how modulating power controllers
• Explain how each mode works to keep a
features of smart transmitters. You will also process at its desired value or setpoint are used as final control elements

619 Electronics Fundamentals • For the standard logic gates that make up
a digital circuit:
structure of PLC memory and describe how
memory interacts with the peripheral I/O.
– Determine the output for any • Describe various error checking methods
combination of input
• Compare volatile and nonvolatile memory
– Identify the proper schematic symbol
and provide example types of each
100
• Determine the output of a digital circuit
• Describe data table structure within the
based on given inputs
CPU memory
• Explain the function of a J-K flip-flop circuit Safety, Health, and
• Discuss the addressing of the I/O modules
• Describe the purpose of a microprocessor Plant Science
• Describe memory maps and their function
in an industrial control system
• Explain the purpose of a microprocessor
program
• Describe I/O module structure
200
621-03 Inputs and Outputs Mechanical
• Describe the components found in a Maintenance
basic microprocessor-based system This lesson describes the design and function of
300
I/O (input/output) interfaces and the equipment
used to produce and communicate I/O data.
619-01 Introduction to 621 Programmable • List some types of discrete I/O (input/ Electrical
Industrial Electronics Logic Controllers output) interfaces Distribution
400
When you finish this lesson, you will be able to • Describe AC/DC and DC/AC conversion in
describe the construction and operation of basic I/O modules
621-01 Introduction to Programmable • Discuss DC sinking and sourcing
electronic components. You will also be able Electrical
to explain common troubleshooting techniques
Logic Controllers (PLC) • Describe the use of transistor-transistor Maintenance
used in electronic circuits. Upon completing this lesson, you will be able to logic (TTL)
• Explain how semiconductor materials are
used to construct electronic components
describe the design and function of the major
components of a PLC. In addition, you will be
• Discuss register/BCD modules and
multiplexing
500
able to convert numbers from decimal to binary, Power Generating
• Describe the operation of a P-N junction • List some types of analog input devices
binary coded decimal, and hexadecimal. Systems and
in an electronic component • Describe the use of A/D and D/A Operations
• Explain the effect of bias voltage on • Describe the purpose of each of the major converters
600
current flow through a P-N junction PLC components • Identify the functions of transducers in
• Explain the operation of the following • Discuss basic PLC operation input field devices
electronic components: • Describe the internal structure of the CPU • Discuss single-ended and differential Instrumentation
– Diode • Describe the internal architecture of a configurations and Control
700
– Transistor typical PLC
– Thyristor • Identify typical input and output devices
• Describe the purpose of a rectifier • Discuss the function of the Process Systems
• Describe the following types of thyristors: I/O (input/output) modules and Operations
• Identify types of signals
800
– Silicon Controlled Rectifiers (SCR)
used by PLC and discuss
– Triacs how they are handled
• Explain the common techniques used in Industrial Machining
• Define ladder logic and
troubleshooting electronic circuits explain its use and Welding
619-07 Digital Electronics • Discuss how binary,

octal, and hexadecimal COURSE LISTING
and Microprocessors numbering systems are BY TITLE
After this lesson, you will be able to explain how used in PLC programming
digital signals differ from analog signals. You NERC ONLINE COURSES
will also be able to describe the operation of 621-02 Input/Output 621-04 PLC (Programmable
many common types of digital components and (I/O) Processing Logic Controllers) Programming
circuits, including microprocessors. At the end of this lesson, you will be able to Instructions, Part 1
• Explain the difference between digital discuss I/O error checking and its impact on
and analog signals communication and function. In addition, you
to describe the functions of the programming
• Describe logic levels in a digital circuit will be able to identify the various types and

instructions most commonly used in PLC 621-07 PLC Network Protocols • Demonstrate an understanding of how
programming. each component’s operation relates to the
This lesson explains common PLC network basic refrigeration cycle
• Identify two types of ladder logic protocols. • Describe the basic preventive maintenance
• List commonly used Boolean logic • Explain the ISO/OSI seven-layer model procedures performed on a ductless air
functions conditioner
100
• Discuss a Fieldbus, industrial network and
• Discuss the use of individual instructions identify its attributes • Explain the common problems that can
and function blocks in ladder logic occur with an air conditioning system and
• Discuss a PROFIBUS (Process Fieldbus) Safety, Health, and
• Describe the following types of instructions: industrial network and identify its attributes how they may be corrected
Plant Science
– Ladder relay instructions
• Discuss a DeviceNet industrial network 670-03 Introduction to Industrial
–
–
Timer instructions
Counter instructions
and identify its attributes
and Commercial Refrigeration 200
After completing this lesson, you will understand Mechanical
– Program/flow instructions
the purpose and function of industrial and Maintenance
– Arithmetic instructions
300
commercial refrigeration, how heat transfer and
621-05 PLC (Programmable the refrigeration cycle drive the process, and the
Logic Controllers) Programming types of components and refrigerants that may Electrical
Instructions, Part 2 be used in units of this type. Distribution
• Define the purpose of refrigeration
400
describe the functions of the programming • Identify the types of industries that use
refrigeration
instructions most commonly used in PLC Electrical
programming. • Describe the fundamentals of heat transfer Maintenance
• Describe the four steps of the basic
500
• Discuss the use of individual instructions
refrigeration cycle
and function blocks in ladder logic 670 Principles of HVAC
• Explain the purpose of the compressor,
• Describe the following types of instructions: and Refrigeration condenser, metering device, and Power Generating
– Data manipulation instructions evaporator Systems and
– Data transfer instructions Operations
670-01 Air Conditioning • Recall the purpose of using different
– Special function instructions refrigerants in different industrial and
– Network communication instructions
Fundamentals
When you finish this lesson, you will understand
commercial operating conditions 600
670-05 Refrigerant System Instrumentation
621-06 PLC (Programmable the basic refrigeration cycle and how it applies to
and Control
Logic Controllers) Networks air conditioning. Troubleshooting
At the end of this lesson, you will have a
basic understanding of LAN architecture and
• Describe how heat is transferred from one
fluid to another
how to systematically troubleshoot and diagnose 700
• List the common types of refrigerant used refrigerant systems based on their universal Process Systems
topology, communication network access, and
transmission media. in air conditioning applications application of the refrigeration cycle. You will and Operations
also be familiar with industry standard diagnostic
800
• Explain the purpose of the compressor,
• Discuss LAN architecture as it applies to
industrial networks
condenser, metering device, and and testing tools for these systems.
evaporator
• Compare the structures of star, common • Identify various types of tools and testing Industrial Machining
• Describe the four steps of the basic instruments necessary for refrigerant and Welding
bus, and ring topology, and identify
refrigeration cycle system troubleshooting
advantages and disadvantages of each
configuration • State three or more safety precautions to
670-02 Ductless Air Conditioning adhere to when troubleshooting refrigerant COURSE LISTING
• Discuss how error detection is BY TITLE
accomplished in the various network After this lesson, you will understand the systems
topologies various types of ductless air conditioners and • Follow a logical, step-by-step approach to
how the components function, including basic troubleshooting refrigerant systems NERC ONLINE COURSES
• Describe common methods of network
access used in PLC systems maintenance. • Describe the most common causes
• Describe different types of transfer medium • Describe the different types of ductless air of refrigerant system malfunctions as
and identify their pros and cons conditioners discussed in this lesson
• Define throughput and describe its impact • Explain the purpose of each major • Identify indicators for airflow, refrigerant,
on system response component in a ductless air conditioning compressor, mechanical, and electrical
system failures in the system

670-09 Ducting and Air 670-17 Package Boiler Fundamentals
Movement for HVAC Systems This lesson describes the purpose of the
After this lesson, you will understand the package boiler, the type and relationship of
important role ducting plays in the HVAC components within the system, and discusses
system’s ability to provide maximum airflow. the various situations in which a package boiler
You will also be able to identify common HVAC
airflow issues related to poorly implemented
may be used, including its advantages and
disadvantages.
100
Safety, Health, and
ducting. • Examine package boiler systems Plant Science
• State the three functions of an HVAC • List the components of a typical package
670-06 Chiller Design and

system and briefly discuss each
• Describe the difference between HVAC
boiler
• Identify the functionality of the components
200
ducting and HVAC equipment in relation to of a package boiler Mechanical
Maintenance airflow Maintenance
• Describe the situations in which the use of
Upon finishing this lesson, you will know the
300
• Discuss three reasons sheet metal a package boiler is appropriate
purpose of an industrial HVAC chiller and ductwork provides superior airflow over • Recall the advantages and disadvantages
understand how its main components work flexible ducting and include the topics of of package Boilers
installation, mold, and maintenance Electrical
together to remove heat from the system’s
Distribution
refrigerant, allowing the HVAC circuit to provide • Describe a hybrid duct system and state
400
cool air to the facility. why flex ducting is often used at the end of
the run
You will also understand how heat exhausted
from the chiller can be captured and reused
• List industry standard ducting components Electrical
and describe the role each plays in the Maintenance
as energy elsewhere at the facility, and you ducting system
500
will be familiar with general maintenance
• State the main differences between smoke
recommendations which help keep the chiller dampers and fire dampers
operating at peak performance. Power Generating
• Describe three commonly reported HVAC
• Explain the role of a chiller in an HVAC related issues which are caused by Systems and
circuit reduced airflow Operations
• State specific conditions under which
a water-cooled chiller would be better
employed than an air-cooled chiller 600
Instrumentation
• Sketch the flow paths of chilled water,
refrigerant, and cooling water through a and Control
water-cooled chiller’s main components;
include the following:
– Evaporator
700
Process Systems
– Compressor and Operations
– Condenser
–
–
Metering Device
Cooling tower
800
• Give examples of two or more industry 670-15 District Energy Basics and Welding
standard maintenance operations for When you complete this lesson, you will be able
industrial chillers and describe the to define district energy and provide examples
purpose of each COURSE LISTING
of the types of situations where district energy
• Summarize the rationale of capturing BY TITLE
could be a solution. You will also be able to recall
heat exhausted by a chiller some advantages and disadvantages of the
technology. NERC ONLINE COURSES
• Define district energy

• Identify examples in which district energy is
a viable solution
• Recall the advantages and disadvantages
of district heating/cooling

701 Petroleum Refining
701-01 Introduction to
700 Petroleum Refining
identify and briefly describe various refining 100
processes that take place in a typical petroleum Safety, Health, and
refinery. Plant Science
200
• Explain what is meant by crude oil
Process Systems
• Describe the purpose of each of the
following processes: Mechanical
– Crude oil desalting Maintenance
and Operations
300
– Atmospheric distillation
– Vacuum distillation
– Catalytic reforming Electrical
– Cracking Distribution
– Alkylation
– Isomerization 400
– Polymerization Electrical
• Discuss refinery treating processes Maintenance
• Identify the function of a gas plant
• Explain the importance of refinery blending
operations
500
Power Generating
• List substances often stored in the refinery Systems and
tank farm Operations
701-02 Basic Petroleum Chemistry
600
to discuss the molecular structure, physical Instrumentation
properties, naming conventions, and commercial and Control
700
uses of several common hydrocarbons.
• Compare the definitions of petroleum and
crude oil Process Systems
• Relate the physical states of hydrocarbons and Operations
to their carbon content
• Discuss how covalent bonds are formed
between hydrogen and carbon
800
• Explain the use of base names, prefixes, and Welding
and suffixes to label hydrocarbons
• Describe and compare the structure of the
following hydrocarbon families: COURSE LISTING
– Paraffins – Olefins BY TITLE
– Napthenes – Alkynes
NERC ONLINE COURSES
– Aromatics
• Identify correlations between physical
properties of a hydrocarbon and the
hydrocarbon’s molecular structure
• List some contaminants commonly found in
crude oil and explain their adverse effects
on oil refining

701-03 OSHA’s Process Safety 705 Refining Operations 705-05 Catalytic Reformer
Management Standard When you complete this lesson, you will be
When you finish this lesson, you will be able 705-01 Refinery Overview able to define what catalytic reforming is,
to identify the main components and explain and Configuration discuss the basic chemistry involved in
reforming, and identify and describe the
100
the objectives of the OSHA Process Safety When you complete this lesson, you will be able catalytic reforming process and components.
Management (PSM) standard. to identify and discuss basic refinery purposes
• Discuss naphtha and its chemical Safety, Health, and
• Discuss the purpose of the PSM and operations, as well as recall the different
properties
standard configurations used in modern refining. Plant Science
• Describe the two methods of catalytic
200
• Describe the type of process safety • Explain the role of a refinery reforming:
information required under the PSM
• Describe the purpose of each of the – Semi-regenerative catalytic
standard
following basic refining processes: reformer Mechanical
• List the points included in a process – Distillation – Treating Maintenance
– Continuous catalyst regeneration
hazard analysis
300
– Cracking – Blending • Discuss the process and equipment
• Identify the types of operating procedures
that fall under the PSM standard – Reforming used in catalytic reforming
requirements • Discuss the various configurations used • Identify the inputs and outputs of the Electrical
• Discuss the training requirements under in refining: catalytic reformer Distribution
the PSM standard – Topping
• Describe how the PSM standard relates
to contractors
–
–
Hydroskimming
Medium conversion
705-07 Fluid Catalytic Cracking
400
Electrical
• Identify what is included in a PSM – High conversion able to define what fluid catalytic cracker is,
discuss the principles of cracking, and identify Maintenance
pre-start-up safety review
500
• Describe requirements to comply with and describe the fluid catalytic cracking
PSM mechanical integrity standards process and components.
• Explain what is meant by management • Discuss cracking and the catalysts Power Generating
of change procedures under PSM used in fluid catalytic cracking Systems and
• Describe PSM incident investigation • Discuss the major components that Operations
and emergency planning and response make up the fluid catalytic cracking
provisions
• Discuss PSM compliance audit
unit
• Describe the process of fluid catalytic
600
cracker
Instrumentation
requirements
and Control
• Identify the inputs and product outputs
701-04 History of Refining
700
of the fluid catalytic cracker
This lesson provides a general overview of the 705-09 Coker Operations Process Systems
evolution of crude oil processing from 1846 until
the present day. 705-03 Crude Unit When you complete this lesson, you will be and Operations
able to define what a coker unit is, describe
• Explain how and why kerosene replaced
whale oil
able to describe the crude unit and its major its inputs and outputs, and identify coker unit
processes and components.
800
• Discuss causes of the emergence of the components. You will also be able to identify Industrial Machining
gasoline market and discuss the process of crude oil distillation. • Discuss thermal cracking and its use and Welding
in
• Describe how the CAA Amendments of • Discuss the basic principles of the the coking unit
1970 affected refining processes crude unit COURSE LISTING
• Describe the three types of coking
• Identify some effects of oil industry • Describe the following major units: BY TITLE
deregulation components and processes of the
crude unit: – Delayed Coker
• Discuss the effects of the vapor pressure NERC ONLINE COURSES
– Desalter – Flexicoker
regulations of 1989 and 1992
– Furnace – Fluid Coker
• Describe how the CAA Amendments of
1990 affected refining processes – Atmospheric distillation column • Discuss the process and equipment
used in the delayed coker unit
– Vacuum distillation column
• Identify the inputs and outputs of the
• Describe the products produced by delayed coker unit
the crude unit’s processes

705-11 Gasoline Blending 707 Process Heaters • Describe the equipment associated with
fractional distillation
able to describe what gasoline blending is, 707-01 Features and 711-02 Operation of a
discuss the process to blend gasoline and why Distillation Column
blending plays such an important role in refinery
Operation of Process
Heaters
operations, and describe the significance of
octane and gasoline additives in the gasoline After completing this lesson,
describe the start-up, normal operation, and 100
blending process. you will be able to describe shutdown of a distillation column. You will also Safety, Health, and
the features and operation of understand important factors to monitor during Plant Science
• Explain the basics of gasoline blending
process heaters. normal operation of a distillation column.
• Discuss the different blendstocks and
additives used in gasoline blending • Describe the features of • Define the following terms: 200
• Describe the process of gasoline blending process heaters. – Feedpoint Mechanical
• Discuss common blending quality • Explain the operation of – Flash Maintenance
concerns in gasoline blends process heaters
300
– Rectification
– Stripping
705-13 Sweeting
709 Process Tanks • Describe the steps of the startup of a Electrical
When you complete this lesson, you will be distillation column Distribution
able to identify and discuss what gas sweetening • Recognize the steps of the shutdown of a
is and what role amines and solvent have in
the sweetening process, and the rocess and
709-01 Features and Uses
of Process Tanks
distillation column
400
equipment associated with a sweetening plant. Electrical
This lesson describes the main features and
• Explain the purpose of gas sweetening uses of process tanks.
713 Process Separators Maintenance
• Describe the purpose and operation of
each of the following components: • Explain the main features of process tanks
• Describe the uses of process tanks
713-01 Introduction to 500
– Inlet separator Process Separators Power Generating
– Contactor column • Define the following terms: Systems and
– Flash tank – Level alarm After finishing this lesson, you will be able to Operations
– Filters – Pressure alarm
identify common types of process separators
–
–
Heat exchanger
Regenerator column
– Relief valve
and their components. You will also be able
to describe the process separator’s operating 600
– Rupture disk principles. Instrumentation
– Reboiler
– Reflux condenser
– Manway
• Describe major and Control
– Sightglass cleanout system
700
– Reflux accumulator components of process
– Feed tank agitator separators
• Discuss the types and uses of amines and
solvents – Baffles • Explain the function of Process Systems
– Surge tank the process separator and Operations
705-15 Sulfuric Acid Plant – Blowdown tank
sections
able to define what a sulfur plant is, discuss
• Describe a two-phase
separator 800
the process most commonly used for sulfur 711 Distillation • Describe a
and Welding
recovery, and identify and describe the system three-phase
separator
components used in this process, the uses 711-01 Introduction to Distillation
of elemental sulfur, and regulatory issues COURSE LISTING
surrounding the production of sulfur. When you finish this lesson, you will be able BY TITLE
• Discuss hydrogen sulfide (H2S) and its role
to describe the theory of distillation and the 715 Process Reactors
in refining configuration of a distillation column and its NERC ONLINE COURSES
components.
• Describe the Claus process for sulfur 715-01 Introduction to
recovery • Correlate the distillation principle with
separating hydrocarbon components of Process Reactors
• Discuss the equipment and components
used in the sulfur recovery process crude oil This lesson describes chemical reactions, the
• Identify the uses and concerns associated • Recognize types of distillation features and operations of various types of
with sulfur recovery

reactors, and their application in the refining 719-02 Overpressure Safety Systems • Describe various types of product
industry. transporting
Upon finishing this lesson, you will be able
• Define the following types of reactions • Explain safe transporting and storage
to describe the design, operation, and use of tactics
– Endothermic overpressure safety systems.
– Exothermic
100
• Explain causes of overpressure
– Homogeneous • Describe pressure relief valve design
– Heterogeneous and use Safety, Health, and
• Identify conditions affecting chemical • Describe safety valve design and use Plant Science
reactions • Describe rupture disk design and use
• Describe the components of a process
reactor
• Describe flare design and use 200
Mechanical
• Describe the types of process reactors
Maintenance
• Identify the common application for 721 Process Utilities Systems
300
different reactors
721-01 Process Utilities 723-02 Tanks and Vessels Electrical

717 Reforming and Synthesis Systems, Part 1 Used for Storage Distribution
This lesson explains the function and design of
400
717-01 Introduction to plant water and air utility systems. able to describe and explain various types of
Naphtha Reforming • Describe plant water supply systems and non-pressurized, pressurized, and refrigerated Electrical
their functions storage tanks and vessels. You will also be able Maintenance
When you complete this lesson, you will be to explain safety equipment associated with
• Describe plant air supply systems and
500
able to explain how reforming relates to the these tanks and vessels.
their functions
operation of a refinery. You will also be able to
identify reforming technologies, types of catalytic • Describe types of non-pressurized storage
721-02 Process Utilities tanks Power Generating
reformers, and how variables affect the process. Systems and
Systems, Part 2 • Describe types of pressurized storage
• Define conventional naphtha reforming tanks Operations
• Describe catalytic reforming technology
600
explain the function and design of heat and fuel, • Describe types of refrigerated storage
• Explain catalytic processes refrigeration, and power supply utility systems, tanks
and how they are linked in order to meet energy Instrumentation
demands from industrial processes. and Control
719 Process Safety Systems 725 Process Sampling
700
• Describe heat and fuel supply utility
systems and their functions and Testing
719-01 Safety Alarm Systems • Describe refrigeration utility systems and Process Systems
and Instrumentation their functions 725-01 Sampling Principles and Operations
After this lesson, you will be able to describe • Describe power supply utility systems and Methods
the design, operation, and use of safety alarm
systems and instrumentation.
and their functions
After this lesson, you will be able to describe the 800
importance of accurate sampling. You will also Industrial Machining
• Describe alarm systems 723 Process Product be able to explain several sampling types and and Welding
• Describe shutdown systems systems. You will be able to describe correct
Movement and Storage sampling procedures.
• Describe equipment protection devices COURSE LISTING
• Explain the purposes of product sampling BY TITLE
723-01 Process Product • Describe continuous product sampling
Movement and Shipment • Describe spot product sampling NERC ONLINE COURSES
At the end of this lesson, you will be able • Describe composite product sampling
to describe efficiency considerations in
• Explain open sampling systems
facility design, types of product storage and
transportation, and precautions taken when • Explain closed sampling systems
handling product. • Explain totally closed sampling systems
• Describe different types of product storage • Describe typical sampling procedures

725-02 Testing Principles
and Procedures
to describe how tests are used to ensure on-
specification quality products. You will be able
to explain common chemical and physical tests
performed on products to ensure this quality.
100
Safety, Health, and
• Explain distillation testing Plant Science
• Explain specific gravity testing
• Explain API gravity testing 200
• Explain mass spectrometry testing Mechanical
• Explain gas chromatograph testing Maintenance
• Explain testing for vapor pressure
• Explain BS&W testing 300
• Explain testing for H2S and mercaptans Electrical
• Explain pH testing Distribution
400
• Explain conductivity testing
• Explain color testing
• Explain viscosity testing Electrical
• Explain cloud and pour point testing Maintenance
500
• Explain flash and smoke point testing
Power Generating
Systems and
Operations
600
Instrumentation
and Control
700
Process Systems
and Operations
800
and Welding
COURSE LISTING
BY TITLE
NERC ONLINE COURSES

801 Precision Measurement
801-01 Intro to Measuring and
800 Care of Measuring Tools
to explain the need for measuring tools in 100
machining and maintenance operations. You will Safety, Health, and
also be able to describe some of the precautions Plant Science
to take to properly care for these tools.
200
• Explain the need for both coarse and
precision measurements Mechanical
• Describe the proper care of: Maintenance
and Welding
– Simple calipers
– Rigid rules, folding rules, and tape
measures
300
Electrical
– Vernier calipers
Distribution
– Telescoping gauges and micrometers
– Dial indicators and fixed gauges
400
801-02 Measuring Rules and Tapes Electrical
Maintenance
After this lesson, you will be able to identify
500
rigid rules, folding rules, depth rules, and tape
measures. You will also be able to explain
the correct procedures for taking accurate Power Generating
measurements with them. Systems and
• Identify a rigid rule and describe how to Operations
use it
• Identify a folding rule and describe how to
use it
600
Instrumentation
• Identify a depth rule and describe how to and Control
use it
• Explain the procedure for taking a
measurement with a depth rule 700
• Identify a tape measure and explain how Process Systems
to use it and Operations
801-03 Micrometers 800

At the end of this lesson, you will be able to Industrial Machining
identify common micrometer types, identify their and Welding
components, and correctly take readings using
English, metric and Vernier micrometers.
COURSE LISTING
• Identify common types of micrometers BY TITLE
• List the major components of micrometers
• Demonstrate how to take an accurate NERC ONLINE COURSES
reading with an outside micrometer
• Explain how to properly read the scale
on an English scale micrometer, a
metric scale micrometer, and a Vernier
micrometer

• Demonstrate how to take an accurate the run out of a rotating part and • Describe the different types of deburring
reading with an inside micrometer how to align two shafts using a dial tools and techniques for deburring parts
• Demonstrate how to take an accurate indicator. with hand tools
reading with a depth micrometer • List the main components of a dial • Describe the various types of taps and dies
indicator and the proper hand use of taps and dies
100
• Explain how to properly read a dial • Describe tools for broaching and
indicator techniques for keyway broaching using an
arbor press and broach set Safety, Health, and
• Describe how to measure run out
• Demonstrate how to align rotating 803-02 Threading and Tapping Plant Science
200
components
• Describe various types of to describe taps, dies, and die nuts. You will
801-04 Fixed Gauges indicators
also be able to explain how they are used in Mechanical
After completing this lesson, you will be able threading operations. Maintenance
801-07 Telescoping Gauges
to describe the various types of fixed gauges
commonly used by maintenance and machining
technicians. You will also be able to explain the
When completing this lesson, you will be able
to describe the function and proper use of a
•
•
Describe the design and function of a tap
Identify types of taps 300
• Explain the procedure for hand tapping
Electrical
purpose of the various fixed gauges. telescoping gauge and explain its care.
Distribution
• Identify and describe the purpose of each • Explain the function of a telescoping gauge • Describe the design and function of a die
of the following types of fixed gauges:
– Go No Go gauge
• Identify the gauge’s components
• Describe the procedure for obtaining
•
•
Explain how to cut threads with a hand die
Describe the design and function of a die
400
nut Electrical
– Plug gauge accurate measurements
• Identify accessories used in machine Maintenance
– Thickness gauge • Explain the proper care of a telescoping
500
gauge threading
– Screw pitch gauge
– Radius gauge
Power Generating
– Small hole gauge 805 Vertical Milling Machine Systems and
– Wire and sheet metal gauges
Operations
801-05 Measuring with Calipers 805-01 Vertical Milling Machine
• This lesson identifies common types At the end of this lesson, you will be able to 600
of calipers used in machining and identify the basic control systems and machining Instrumentation
maintenance work and explains how to methods used on a vertical milling machine and Control
properly use them.
803 Layout and Bench Work and explain the basic operations necessary to
• Identify each of the following types of
calipers and describe their operation and
manufacture replacement or repair parts used in
various types of equipment.
700
use: 803-01 Layout and Bench Work Process Systems
• Identify the function of the vertical milling and Operations
– Inside caliper This lesson identifies the basic hand tools machine’s operational controls
800
– Outside caliper required and hand work methods used to • Explain how workpieces and cutting
– Hermaphrodite caliper manufacture replacement or repair parts used in tools may be precision located through
– Transfer and direct reading calipers various types of equipment. coordinate measuring Industrial Machining
– Slide calipers • Describe tools and methods for workpiece • Explain how to square a workpiece on a and Welding
layout, bluing, measuring, scribing lines, vertical milling machine
– Vernier calipers
and marking hole centers • Describe the use of the holding and COURSE LISTING
– Dial calipers
• Describe tools and methods for hand clamping tools BY TITLE
– Digital calipers
cutting material with a hacksaw, including • Explain how to determine suitable speeds
hacksaw parts, blade types, cutting edge and feeds for various:
801-06 Dial Indicators alloys, and tooth pitch NERC ONLINE COURSES
– Cutting tools
Upon finishing this lesson, you will be able to • Describe the different types of files and – Operations
list the major components of dial indicators and methods for filing and draw filing
– Workpiece materials
demonstrate how to use the instrument to take • Describe the types of hand reamers and
an accurate reading. You will also be able to methods for precision sizing of holes, • Describe the use of each of the following
describe how to use a dial indicator to measure including the use of hand reamers, hand cutting tools:
chucks, and drivers • End mills

• Woodruff cutters 809 Surface Grinder 813 Bandsaw
• Fly cutters
• Precision boring heads 813-01 Band saw
• Counter-bores, spot facers, and When you complete this lesson, you will be able
chamfering tools
to describe the design and operation of a band
• Describe a method for cutting key seats
and keyways
saw. In addition, you will be able to explain how
to use a band saw to produce various cuts.
100
Safety, Health, and
• Identify other machining processes • List the major components of a vertical
possible on a vertical milling machine Plant Science
band saw
• Describe different types of available
band saw cutting blades 200
807 Engine Lathe • Describe the procedures used to make Mechanical
straight, angle, external contour, and Maintenance
807-01 Engine Lathe 809-01 Surface Grinder internal contour cuts
After finishing this lesson, you will be able After this lesson, you will be able to describe 300
Electrical
to identify engine lathe control systems and
machining methods and explain the basic
surface grinder control systems and explain 815 Drill Press Distribution
basic machining methods required to
methods to manufacture replacement or repair manufacture replacement parts used in repair
parts for various equipment types. of various types of equipment.
815-01 Drill Press
400
• Describe basic engine lathe parts and • List surface grinder components and Electrical
operational controls identify their functions describe the design, function, and safe operation
of a drill press and its major components and Maintenance
• Identify types of chucks and discuss • Discuss techniques and components
500
attachments.
procedures for installing and removing related to workpiece clamping
chucks and faceplates on camlock • Explain safety precautions taken when
• Identify types of grinding wheels and operating a drill press
spindles compare their uses Power Generating
• Explain the operation and use of the four • Describe various drill press components Systems and
• Explain the basic steps for dressing a and attachments
jaw chuck grinding wheel and profile-shaping a Operations
• Describe tail stock parts and operations • List various types of drill presses and
600
grinding wheel
describe their operations
• Describe the following types of cutting • Describe the two basic techniques for
tools and discuss their uses: grinding a part • Describe how cutting speeds and feed
rates affect drill press operations Instrumentation
– Carbide and alloy turning tools and • Identify safety equipment and best and Control
drills practices for safe grinder operation
– Drill bits
– Turning tools
• Outline the technique for grinding a
workpiece parallel and to a specific size
820 Rigging, Lifting, and 700
– Facing tools Elevated Work Surfaces Process Systems
and Operations
– Boring bars and tools
811 Pedestal Grinder 820-01 Scaffold Erection
– Threading and specialty tools
• Identify factors that determine suitable
and Components 800
speeds and feeds for different cutting 811-01 Pedestal Grinder At the end of this lesson, you will be able Industrial Machining
tools, operations, and work piece to describe the proper erecting sequence and Welding
materials This lesson describes the design, function, and
of scaffolding. You will be able to identify
safe use of a pedestal grinder.
• Describe the basic methods used for: components used to build a scaffold and the
COURSE LISTING
– Turning operations • Describe safety precautions taken when different types of scaffolding used in many
operating a pedestal grinder BY TITLE
constructions projects.
– Shaft work
• List the main pedestal grinder components • Explain an erecting sequence
– Thread cutting and describe their functions NERC ONLINE COURSES
– Boring • Describe the purpose of putlogs
• Explain the procedure
– Facing for replacing a grinding • Explain the design of a rolling tower
• List other machining processes possible wheel on a pedestal • Explain the process to erect scaffold
on an engine lathe grinder stair towers
• Explain how to dress a • Describe the tube and clamp scaffold
grinding wheel • Explain the tube and clamp assembly

820-02 Rigging, Part 1 • Identify configurations associated with • List the factors that
reeving influence your selection
Upon completing this lesson, you will be of an aerial lift for a
• Discuss the importance of inspections and
able to describe the design and identify the other safety measures specific application
classifications of wire ropes. You will learn to • Explain the user’s
install wire ropes properly and the importance of 820-05 Ladders responsibilities for
inspections and lubrication.
• Describe the design of wire rope
aerial lift safety
100
identify the design and function of several types Safety, Health, and
• Explain non-rotating ropes of commonly used ladders. In addition, you will Plant Science
• Describe the proper installation of rope be able to describe proper care and safe use of
• Explain rope inspection ladders. 841 Welding and Cutting 200
• Describe the proper lubrication of ropes • List various types of rigid ladders and for Maintenance Mechanical
describe their use Maintenance
• Explain the procedure for raising and
handling a ladder
• Describe the factors that affect the service
300
life of a fiberglass ladder Electrical
• Describe proper ladder handling, storage, Distribution
400
transport, and maintenance
• Discuss how ladder selection, placement,
820-03 Rigging, Part 2 and handling contribute to safe operation Electrical
After this lesson, you will be able to identify Maintenance
types of fiber ropes and the applications where 820-06 Overhead Cranes
they are best used. In addition, you will be able
to describe techniques for care and use of ropes.
describe the design and function of various types
500
Power Generating
• Describe the features of various natural of overhead cranes. You will also understand
fiber ropes the importance of responsibilities related to 841-01 Safe Welding and Systems and
the operation, inspection, and maintenance of Cutting Practices Operations
• Describe the features of various synthetic
600
fiber ropes overhead cranes. When the lesson is complete, you will be able
• Discuss proper care of natural fiber and • Identify different types of overhead cranes to identify common welding hazards and
synthetic fiber ropes and describe their uses describe how to use PPE, ventilation, and Instrumentation
• Explain the importance of good rope • Explain the mechanics of an overhead safety procedures to mitigate these hazards. and Control
inspections crane
700
• List some common welding hazards
• Describe proper rope splicing techniques • Discuss the responsibilities of managers, • Identify and describe proper PPE used
• Describe various knots, bends, and supervisors, and operators in welding Process Systems
hitches • List crane components and describe their • Discuss the use of ventilation to avoid and Operations
• Identify which knots should be used for functions welding fumes
common applications • Explain the benefits of a good inspection
and maintenance program
• Describe safety practices employed
under hot work conditions
800
820-04 Rigging, Part 3 Industrial Machining
820-07 Aerial Lift Devices • Describe safety practices employed and Welding
When you finish this lesson, you will be able to under confined space entry conditions
describe the design and importance of several After this lesson, you will be able to describe • Identify safety considerations related to
types of rigging hardware. In addition, you’ll be the three main aerial lift designs and their cutting operations COURSE LISTING
able to discuss appropriate applications for components. You will also be able to use this • Recall safety precautions required in BY TITLE
their use. knowledge to choose the design that best suits oxyacetylene welding operations
• Describe the features and uses of each the work you are doing. NERC ONLINE COURSES
• Identify safety precautions required in
of the following: • Describe the design and use of boom lifts, arc welding operations
– Chains – Hooks scissor lifts, and vertical personnel lifts • Discuss safe storage and handling of
– Drum – Blocks • Identify some aerial lift features that compressed gas cylinders
assemblies – Slings provide convenience and facilitate efficient • Describe precautions taken to avoid
– Sheaves operation electric shock when welding

841-02 Weldability of Metals the design and function of components used in • Explain how to adjust the flame on an
the GMAW process. oxyacetylene welding torch
This lesson identifies classifications of various
• Explain the principles of operation behind • Describe the characteristics of an
metals and explains factors influencing their oxyacetylene flame
weldability. gas metal arc welding (GMAW)
• Describe the design and function of each • Discuss oxyacetylene flame control
100
• Describe the principles behind a metal’s of the following components: • Outline the procedure to shut off an
weldability oxyacetylene torch
– GMAW wire feeders
• Discuss commonly used classifications • Describe OAW techniques Safety, Health, and
of metals – GMAW electrode wires
Plant Science
• Identify factors and features that influence – GMAW guns
the weldability of each of the following:
– Steel
• List the shielding gases that can be used
during GMAW 200
• Explain how to start an arc when Mechanical
– Stainless steel
performing GMAW Maintenance
– Cast iron
300
• Describe the four main methods of metal
– Aluminum
transfer associated with GMAW
• List some adjustments you can make when
Electrical
lack of weldability is a problem 841-05 Tungsten Inert
Distribution
• Describe steel quenching and tempering Gas (TIG) Welding
400
processes
841-03 Shielded Metal to describe tungsten inert gas (TIG) welding
Electrical
Arc Welding (SMAW) methods. In addition, you will be able to discuss
the design and function of components used in Maintenance
500
the process.
to describe shielded metal arc welding (SMAW)
and identify equipment, procedures, and • Describe the principles of operation behind
tungsten inert gas (TIG) welding Power Generating
methods used in successful SMAW operations.
• Describe the design and function of each Systems and
• Describe the operating principles behind of the following components: Operations
shielded metal arc welding (SMAW)
– TIG welding torch
• List equipment commonly used in SMAW
• Explain how to strike and sustain a welding
– TIG electrodes 600
arc
• Explain the purpose of using shielding gas Instrumentation
• Describe the use of TIG welding filler and Control
• Explain how to control weld crater
materials
700
formation and overcome arc blow
• Explain how to start a TIG welding arc
• Describe various welding electrodes and
their uses • Discuss TIG welding positions Process Systems
• Discuss American Welding Society (AWS) • Explain the process of hot wire welding and Operations
symbol representation for electrodes • Explain the process of pulsed TIG welding
• Identify various welding positions
commonly used in SMAW 841-06 Oxyacetylene Welding (OAW) 800
After this lesson, you will be able to describe and Welding
oxyacetylene welding (OAW) techniques. You
will also be able to discuss the design and
function of components and apparatus used in COURSE LISTING
the OAW process. BY TITLE
• Describe the principles behind

NERC ONLINE COURSES
841-04 Gas Metal Arc oxyacetylene welding (OAW) operations
Welding (GMAW) • Identify and describe commonly used OAW
equipment
to describe gas metal arc welding (GMAW) • Outline the procedure to light an
methods. In addition, you will be able to discuss oxyacetylene torch

100 — Safety, Health, and Plant Science
101 ̶ Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) 113 ̶ Forklift Safety
101-01 Personal Protective Equipment
101-02 Hearing and Noise Safety
113-01 Forklifts and Powered Industrial Trucks Safety
114 ̶ Fall Protection
100
101-03 Respiratory Protective Program Safety, Health, and
114-01 Fall Protection
101-70 Introduction to OSHA Plant Science
114-81 Fall Protection (CAD)
200
101-71 Introduction to Industrial Hygiene
115 ̶ Excavation and Trenching
102 ̶ Worksite Safety 115-01 Excavation and Trenching Safety
102-02 Ladder Safety Mechanical
102-03 Portable Power and Hand Tool Safety 116 ̶ Compressed Gas Cylinder Safety Maintenance
102-04 Machine Hazards and Safety 116-01 Compressed Gas Cylinder Safety
102-05 Machine Guarding
102-06 Accident Causes, Prevention, and Investigation
117 ̶ Hazardous Materials Safety
117-01 Hazardous Materials Safety
300
Electrical
102-07 Stationary Power Tool Safety 117-02 Acid and Caustic Awareness
Distribution
102-08 Laboratory Health and Safety 117-03 Asbestos and Silica Awareness
400
102-09 Operator Fatigue 117-04 Ammonia Awareness
102-10 Hazard Identification and Assessment 117-05 Hydrogen Sulfide Awareness
103 ̶ First Aid
117-06 Chlorine Awareness Electrical
103-01 First Aid
117-07 Radiation Awareness Maintenance
117-08 Hazardous Gases – Methane, Carbon Monoxide, & Carbon Dioxide
500
103-02 Bloodborne Pathogens
117-09 Lead Awareness
103-03 First Aid Resuscitation: Choking, CPR, and AED
117-20 Gas Monitoring Basics
103-04 Temperature Related Stress and Illnesses
117-83 Asbestos Awareness (CAD) Power Generating
104 ̶ Fire Prevention 117-85 Hydrogen Sulfide Awareness (CAD) Systems and
104-01 Fire Prevention and Protection Program Operations
118 ̶ HAZWOPER
600
104-02 Fire Extinguisher Safety 118-01 HAZWOPER Regulation Overview
104-03 Combustible Dusts 118-02 Site Characterization and Analysis
105 ̶ Lockout/Tagout 118-03 Toxicology Instrumentation
105-01 Lockout/Tagout Safety Program 118-04 Medical Surveillance and Control
118-05 Decontamination
700
106 ̶ Confined Space Safety
118-06 Emergency Procedures
106-01 Confined Spaces: Entrant and Attendant Duties
106-02 Confined Spaces: Entry Supervisor Duties 119 ̶ Hazard Communications Process Systems
106-80 Confined Spaces: Entrant and Attendant Duties (CAD) 119-03 Hazardous Communications Employee Training Program, Part 1 and Operations
119-04 Hazardous Communication Employee Training Program, Part 2
107 ̶ Electrical Safety
107-01 Electrical Safety
107-02 Energized Electrical Equipment Safety
119-06 Hazard Communication Programs in the Workplace
119-07 Exposure to and Detection of Hazardous Chemicals 800
119-08 Physical, Health, and Environmental Hazard Classes Industrial Machining
107-03 Arc Flash Hazard Basics 119-09 Labeling and SDS for Hazardous Chemicals and Welding
108 ̶ Materials Handling 122 ̶ Transportation
108-01 Materials Handling and Storing Safety 122-01 Safe Driving Practices COURSE LISTING
109 ̶ Rigging Safety 122-02 Drug and Alcohol Awareness BY TITLE
109-01 Rigging Safety 130 ̶ Behavior Based Safety Training
110 ̶ Scaffolding Safety 130-01 Behavior Based Safety Programs Basic Design NERC ONLINE COURSES
110-01 Scaffolding Safety 130-02 Behavior Based Safety Program Concepts
130-03 Hazardous Material Procedures
111 ̶ Aerial Devices Safety
130-04 Confined Space Procedures
111-01 Scissor Lift Operations and Safety
130-05 Hot Work Procedures
112 ̶ Crane Operations Safety 130-06 Root Cause Analysis
112-01 Crane and Hoist Safety 130-07 Safety and Health Programs

131 ̶ Ergonomics 160-04 Materials Handling and Storing Safety for Construction
131-01 Ergonomics in an Office Environment 160-05 Personal Protective Equipment for Construction, Part 1
100
131-02 Ergonomics in an Industrial Environment 160-06 Personal Protective Equipment for Construction, Part 2
131-03 Proper Lifting Techniques 160-07 Excavation and Trenching Safety for Construction
140 ̶ Qualified Electrical Worker 170 ̶ Industrial Mathematics Safety, Health, and
140-01 General Concepts and Job Briefings 170-01 Introduction to Industrial Math Plant Science
200
140-04 Enclosed Spaces 170-02 Industrial Math: Measurements and Calculations
140-09 Electrical Clearances 170-03 Industrial Math: Fractions, Percentages, and Ratios
140-11 Mechanical Equipment 171 ̶ Industrial Sciences Mechanical
140-18 Dog Bite Prevention 171-01 Atomic Structure and Chemical Bonding Maintenance
150 ̶ Environmental Awareness 171-02 Introduction to the Periodic Table of Elements
150-01 Environmental Awareness
150-02 Stormwater Regulations and Pollution Prevention Plans
171-03 Chemical Formulas, Reactions, and Solubility
171-04 Introduction to Hydrocarbon Chemistry
300
Electrical
150-03 Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasures 171-05 Chemical Equations
171-10 Introduction to Physics: Force and Motion Distribution
160 ̶ Construction Safety
400
171-11 Introduction to Physics: Energy, Work, and Power
160-01 Health Hazards in Construction
160-02 Scaffolding Safety for Construction 180 ̶ Human Performance
160-03 Portable Power and Hand Tool Safety for Construction 180-01 Fundamentals of Human Performance Improvement Electrical
Maintenance
500
200 – Mechanical Maintenance Power Generating
Systems and
201 ̶ Intro to Industrial Maintenance and the Tools of the Trade 205-03 Maintaining Gear Drives
201-01 Working Principles of Simple Machines 205-04 Clutches Operations
600
201-02 Hand Tools, Part 1
207 ̶ Lubrication of Rotating Machinery
201-03 Hand Tools, Part 2
207-01 Lubrication Selection and Sampling in Rotating Machinery
201-04 Portable Power Tools Instrumentation
207-02 Lubrication Failures and Management in Rotating Machinery
201-05 Torque Wrenches and Control
207-03 Lubrication Analysis in Rotating Machinery
202 ̶ Belt Drive Maintenance
202-01 Introduction to Belt Drive Maintenance
202-02 V-Belts
208 ̶ Piping and Tubing
208-01 Pipe Connections and Symbols 700
208-03 Piping Construction and Sizing Process Systems
202-03 Positive Traction Belt Drives
208-04 Piping Expansion, Support, and Insulation and Operations
202-04 Sheave Maintenance
800
202-05 Introduction to Conveyor Systems 208-05 Piping Auxiliaries
202-06 Conveyor System Designs 208-06 Tubing Types and Applications
202-07 Conveyor Belt System Inspection and Operation 208-07 Tube Fittings and Connection Methods Industrial Machining
202-08 Conveyor Belt Installation and Repair 208-08 Tube and Conduit Bending
and Welding
203 ̶ Bearing Maintenance 209‑Shaft Alignment
203-01 Introduction to Bearings 209-01 Couplings COURSE LISTING
203-02 Rolling Contact Bearings 209-03 Pre-Alignment Procedures BY TITLE
203-03 Sliding Surface Bearings 209-04 Rough Alignment
203-04 Bearing Installation and Removal 209-05 Mathematical Rim-and-Face Alignment
NERC ONLINE COURSES
203-05 Bearing Seals 209-06 Graphical Rim-and-Face Alignment
203-06 Troubleshooting Bearing Failures 209-07 Reverse Dial Alignment
209-09 Laser Alignment
205 ̶ Gear Maintenance 211 ̶ Chain Drive Maintenance
205-01 Introduction to Gear Drives 211-01 Introduction to Chain Drives
205-02 Types of Gears 211-02 Chain Drive Maintenance and Troubleshooting

213 ̶ Lubrication 225 ̶ Compressors

213-01 Lubrication Basics 225-01 Plant Compressed Air Systems
213-02 Types of Lubricants
213-03 Lubrication Sampling and Analysis
225-02 Compressed Air System Components
225-03 Positive Displacement Compressors 100
213-04 Lubrication Filtration and Purification 225-04 Dynamic Compressors Safety, Health, and
213-05 Lubrication Delivery Methods and Systems 225-06 Axial Compressor Control Schemes Plant Science
200
215 ̶ Valve Selection and Maintenance 229 ̶ Fasteners and Seals
215-01 Introduction to Valves and Their Components 229-01 Bolted Joints
215-02 Valve Actuators 229-02 O-Rings Mechanical
215-03 Gate Valves 229-03 Making Gaskets Maintenance
215-04 Globe Valves 229-04 Fasteners
215-05 Butterfly Valves
215-06 Ball Valves
229-05 Packing Material Use and Installation
229-06 Mechanical Seals Use and Installation 300
215-07 Check Valves Electrical
231 ̶ Positive Displacement Pumps
215-08 Needle Valves 231-01 Introduction to Positive Displacement Pumps
Distribution
215-09 Plug Valves
400
231-02 Reciprocating Positive Displacement Pumps
215-10 Diaphragm Valves 231-03 Rotary Positive Displacement Pumps
215-11 Pinch Valves
215-12 Safety and Relief Valves 243 ̶ Hydraulics Electrical
215-13 Solenoid Valves 243-01 Introduction to Hydraulics Maintenance
500
215-14 Valve Positioners 243-02 Hydraulic Systems
215-15 Pressure Regulator Valves 243-03 Hydraulic Fluids
219 ̶ Centrifugal Pumps 271 ̶ Vibration Power Generating
219-01 Introduction to Centrifugal Pumps 271-01 Vibration Introduction Systems and
219-02 Centrifugal Pump Design 271-02 Vibration Causes and Characteristics Operations
219-03 Centrifugal Pump Fundamentals 271-04 Plant Vibration Program
219-04 Centrifugal Pump Operation and Maintenance, Part 1
219-05 Centrifugal Pump Operations and Maintenance, Part 2
273 ̶ Boiler Repair
273-01 Boiler Tube Repair
600
Instrumentation
219-08 Impellers and Wear Rings 273-02 Inspecting the Fireside of a Boiler, Part 1
219-10 Pump Troubleshooting and Control
273-03 Inspecting the Fireside of a Boiler, Part 2
700
219-12 Pump Internal Inspection and Troubleshooting 273-04 Inspecting the Waterside of a Boiler
223 ̶ Heat Exchangers 273-05 Inspecting a Boiler’s Exterior
223-01 Heat Exchanger Theory 273-06 Waterside and Fireside Cleaning of Boiler Process Systems
223-02 Open Heat Exchanger Design and Operation and Operations
223-03 Closed Heat Exchangers
800
and Welding
300 – Electrical Transmission and Distribution
COURSE LISTING
301 ̶ Distribution Systems 345 ̶ Introduction to NERC BY TITLE
301-02 Electrical Distribution System Fundamentals 345-01 NERC Overview and Application for Generator Operators
301-03 Primary and Secondary Distribution Systems 345-02 NERC Overview NERC ONLINE COURSES
301-04 Distribution System Components and Application 345-03 PER-006 for Generator Operators
301-05 Characteristics of Distribution Switchgears
301-06 Load Characteristics and Management 350 ̶ System Protection
301-07 Principles of Revenue Metering 350-01 Elements of System Protection
301-08 Single and Poly-Phase Metering 350-02 Types of Protective Relays

350-03 Monitoring System Conditions 378 ̶ Emergency Operations Planning
350-04 Disturbance Monitoring Equipment 378-01 Emergency Policies and Procedures
100
350-05 Line Protection 378-02 Capacity and Energy Emergencies
350-06 Transformer Protection
350-07 Pilot Protection 381 ̶ Interconnection Reliability Operations and Coordination Safety, Health, and
350-09 Bus Protection 381-05 Reliability Coordination — Planning and Operations Plant Science
350-10 Generator Protection
200
381-06 Coordinating Entities and Duties
350-11 Protection System Misoperation
350-12 Protection Systems Maintenance Programs 386 ̶ Transmission Operations
Mechanical
375 ̶ Resource and Demand Balancing 386-01 Reliability Responsibilities and Authorities
Maintenance
375-01 Real Power Balancing Control Performance
300
387 ̶ System Operations
375-02 Disturbance Control Performance
375-03 Frequency Response and Bias 387-01 Energy Production and Transfers
375-05 Automatic Generation Control 387-02 Transmission Operations Electrical
387-03 Economic Power System Operations Distribution
376 ̶ Communications
400
376-01 Bulk Power System Communication Basics 387-04 Power System Control Elements
376-02 Bulk Power System Communications and Coordination 387-05 Interconnected Energy Accounting
387-07 Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition Systems (SCADA) Electrical
377 ̶ Critical Infrastructure Protection Maintenance
377-01 CIP Personnel Responsibilities 387-10 Power System Restoration
377-02 CIP Perimeters and Configurations
377-03 Controls and Management
388 ̶ Active and Reactive Power
388-01 Active and Reactive Power Fundamentals
500
377-04 CIP Related BES Recovery Plans Power Generating
377-05 CIP Physical Security 388-02 Active and Reactive Power Limits and Flows Systems and
Operations
600
400 – Electrical Maintenance Instrumentation
and Control
401 ̶ Direct Current (DC) 409 ̶ Industrial Motors
401-01 Electron Theory
401-02 Magnetism and Electromagnetism Explained
409-01 AC Induction Motors
409-02 AC Generators
700
Process Systems
401-03 Ohm’s and Kirchoff’s Laws Relating to DC Circuits 409-03 AC Induction Motor Theory and Operations
401-04 Evaluating Series and Parallel DC Circuit Performance 409-04 Troubleshooting AC Induction Motors
401-05 Determine Circuit Outputs from Specified Inputs 409-05 AC Induction Motor Maintenance
409-06 Overhauling Induction Motors
800
402 ̶ Alternating Current (AC) Industrial Machining
409-07 Generator System Heat Protection
402-01 Introduction to Alternating Current (AC) and Welding
409-08 Generator Overhaul
402-02 Ohm’s and Kirchhoff’s Laws Involving AC Circuits
409-09 DC Motors and Generators
402-03 Inductance in AC Circuits
409-10 Maintenance of Direct Current Motors and Generators COURSE LISTING
402-04 Capacitance in AC Circuits
BY TITLE
402-05 Impedance in AC Circuits 411 ̶ Motor Control and Protection
402-06 AC Power 411-01 Introduction to Motor Controls
NERC ONLINE COURSES
402-07 Fundamentals of Three-Phase AC 411-02 Motor Protection and Faults
411-03 Motor Control Troubleshooting
405 ̶ Power Quality
411-04 Motor Control Centers
405-01 Power Quality
405-02 Harmonics 413 ̶ AC Drives
405-03 High-voltage AC 413-01 AC Drives Overview

415 ̶ Transformers 419 ̶ Motor Operated Valves

415-01 Transformer Basics 419-01 MOV (Motor Operated Valve) Application and Construction
415-02 Transformer Design and Components
415-03 Transformer Connections
419-02 MOV Disassembly and Inspection, Part 1
419-03 MOV Disassembly and Inspection, Part 2
100
415-04 Special Transformers Safety, Health, and
419-04 Limit Switch Adjustment Plant Science
416 ̶ Batteries, Battery Chargers, and UPS
200
416-01 Battery Basics 421 ̶ Wiring Installation
416-02 Electrical Backup Systems 421-01 Wire and Cable Management
416-03 Uninterruptible Power Supplies (UPS) 421-02 Terminating and Connecting Wires in a Control Panel Mechanical
417 ̶ Switchgear Maintenance 421-03 Making Connections in a Junction Box Maintenance
300
417-01 Switchgear 421-04 Installing Conduit and Pulling Wire
417-02 Low Voltage Breakers
417-03 Medium and High Voltage Switchgear 423 ̶ Cable Splicing Electrical
417-04 General Switchgear Maintenance 423-01 Introduction to Medium Voltage Cable Distribution
417-05 Breaker Specific Maintenance 423-02 Medium Voltage Splices and Terminations
417-06 Circuit Breaker Time-Travel Characteristics and Testing
418 ̶ Electrical Protection and Grounding
425 ̶ Troubleshooting Electrical Circuits 400
425-01 Troubleshooting AC Circuits Electrical
418-01 Electrical Faults and Current Ratings
425-02 Troubleshooting DC Circuits Maintenance
418-02 Overcurrent Protection, Fuses, and Breakers
500
418-03 Protection Relays
427 ̶ Freeze Protection
418-04 Generator, Transformer, and Motor Protection
418-05 Grounding and Bonding 427-01 Electrical Freeze Protection Components and Application Power Generating
Systems and
Operations
500 – Power Generating Systems and Operations 600

Instrumentation
501 ̶ Power Generation 511-02 Introduction to the GE LM Series Gas Turbine and Control
501-01 Energy Conversions 511-03 Introduction to GE Frame Series Gas Turbines
501-02 Steam Turbine Basics
501-03 Combustion System Component Overview
511-04
511-05
Introduction to the Siemens V-Series Gas Turbine
Heavy Duty Gas Turbines – Major Components and
700
501-04 Boiler Water and Steam Cycle Overview Support Systems Process Systems
501-05 Generator Overview 511-07 Aero-derivative Gas Turbines – Major Components and and Operations
800
505 ̶ Turbine Auxiliaries System and Control Support Systems
505-01 Steam Turbine Design 511-10 Fundamentals of Gas Turbine Operation and Routine Maintenance
505-02 Steam Turbine Control and Operation 511-11 Gas turbine Control Schemes Industrial Machining
505-03 Steam Turbine Auxiliaries 511-12 Gas Turbine Fuel and Combustion Systems and Welding
505-10 Steam Turbine Governor System 511-13 Gas Turbine Lube Oil and Control Oil Systems
511-14 Gas Turbine Air Systems
507 ̶ Generator and Auxiliary Systems and Control COURSE LISTING
511-15 Gas Turbine Water Wash and Drain Systems
507-01 Generator and Auxiliary Systems’ Functions BY TITLE
507-02 Generator and Auxiliary Systems’ Flow Paths and Major Components 521 ̶ Combustion Air and Flue Gas System
507-03 Generator Construction and Process Control 521-01 Introduction to Combustion Air and Flue Gas Systems NERC ONLINE COURSES
507-04 Generator and Auxiliary Systems’ Start-up 521-02 Combustion Air and Flue Gas Flow Paths and Components
507-05 Generator and Auxiliary Systems’ Normal Operations 521-03 Control Loops and Methods of Control
507-06 Generator and Auxiliary Systems’ Shutdown 521-04 Combustion Air and Flue Gas System Start-up
511 ̶ Combustion Turbine Fundamentals 521-05 Maintaining Fan Operations in Combustion Air and Flue
511-01 Gas Turbine Fundamentals and Configuration of Gas Systems
Generating Facilities 521-06 Combustion Air and Flue Gas System Shutdown Process

522 ̶ Coal Handling System 555-03 Boiler Feed Pump Water Supply and Control Systems
522-01 Coal Handling System 555-04 Boiler Feed Pump Start-up
523 ̶ Boiler Fuel Systems
523-01 Boiler Fuel System Function
555-05 Boiler Feed Pump Daily Operations
557 ̶ Boiler Water and Steam Systems
100
523-02 Process and Methods of Control for the Boiler Fuel System 557-01 Function of Boiler Water and Steam Systems Safety, Health, and
523-03 Boiler Fuel System Start-up 557-02 Flow Paths and Components of the Boiler Water and Plant Science
200
523-04 Normal Operation of the Boiler Fuel Systems Steam Systems
523-05 Shutdown for the Boiler Fuel System 557-03 Process Controls for Boiler Water and Steam Systems
557-04 Start-up Procedures for the Boiler Water and Steam Systems Mechanical
531 ̶ Hydrocarbon Fired Boilers
557-05 Normal Operation of the Boiler Water and Steam Systems Maintenance
531-01 Combustion Theory
557-06 Shutdown of the Boiler Water and Steam Systems
531-02 Basic Boiler Design
531-03 Boiler Valves and Steam Fittings
531-04 Boiler Fuel and Air Systems
559 ̶ Water Treatment
559-01 Molecular Chemistry of Water
300
Electrical
531-05 Boiler Water and Steam Cycle 559-02 Elements and the Periodic Table of Elements
Distribution
531-06 Boiler Heat Recovery Systems 559-03 Chemical Compounds
400
531-07 Scrubbers and Ash Removal Systems 559-04 Corrosion Causes and Effects
531-08 Boiler Operator Roles and Responsibilities 559-05 Corrosion Control in Steam Production
533 ̶ Boiler Firing Controls and Components 559-06 Steam Chemistry Control Guidelines Electrical
533-01 Fuel Combustion and Controls
559-07 Industrial Water Treatment Systems Maintenance
559-08 Introduction to Desalination
500
533-02 Boiler Burner Controls and Management
559-09 Desalination: Pre- and Post-treatment of Water
535 ̶ Fundamental Aspects of Emission Controls 559-10 Reverse Osmosis
535-01 Flue Gas Desulfurization System 559-11 Thermal Desalination Technologies Power Generating
535-02 Flue Gas Desulfurization System, Open Spray Design, Part 1 Systems and
535-03 Flue Gas Desulfurization System, Open Spray Design, Part 2
560 ̶ Plant Electrical Systems Operations
560-01 Main Transformers
535-04 Dry Scrubber Operation Lesson
535-05 Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) System
535-09 Introduction to Continuous Emission Monitoring Systems
560-02 Station Service System
560-03 Fuses and Circuit Breakers 600
560-04 Protective Relays and Instrument Transformers Instrumentation
535-10 Fundamentals of Using a CEMS
535-11 Calibration of CEMS Components
560-05 Equipment Disconnects and Grounding and Control
700
551 ̶ Circulating Water System 561 ̶ Unit Start-up and Shutdown
551-01 Introduction to the Circulating Water System 561-01 Preparing for Power Plant Start-ups
CEH: 1.5 STD: 1.5 SIM: -- EO: -- Process Systems
551-02 Function of the Circulating Water System 561-02 Power Plant Start-up Procedures
551-03 Circulating Water System Components and Operations
561-03 Preparing for Power Plant Shutdown
800
551-04 Circulating Water System Start-up 561-04 Power Plant Shutdown Procedures
551-05 Circulating Water System Normal Operations
551-06 Circulating Water System Shutdown 563 ̶ Efficiency, Reliability, and Environmentally Sensitive Operations
551-07 Circulating Water System Controls 563-01 Basic Power Plant Efficiency
563-02 Water and Steam: Terms and Principles and Welding
551-08 Cooling Towers: Operating Principles and Designs
551-09 Cooling Towers: Components 563-03 Heat Transfer Principles
551-10 Air Cooled Condensers 563-04 Laws and Principles of Thermodynamics COURSE LISTING
563-05 Performance Parameters BY TITLE
553 ̶ Condensate and Feedwater Systems 563-06 Balancing Efficiency, Availability, Capability and Flexibility
553-01 Introduction to the Condensate System 563-07 Instrumentation and Controls NERC ONLINE COURSES
553-02 Introduction to the Feedwater System 563-08 Boiler Efficiency
553-03 Condensate and Feedwater Systems Operation 563-09 Boiler Reliability
553-04 Condensate and Feedwater System Control 563-10 Turbine Efficiency
555 ̶ Boiler Feed Pumps 563-11 Condenser Efficiency
555-01 Boiler Feed Pump and Associated Auxiliary Equipment 563-12 Condenser Operation and Reliability
555-02 Boiler Feed Pump Flow Path and Major Components 563-13 Feedwater Heater Operation and Efficiency

563-14 Pump Efficiency and Reliability 583-02 Hydroelectric Power Stations

563-15 Environmentally Sensitive Operations 583-03 Water Management
565 ̶ Plant Control System 583-04
583-05
Hydroelectric Generators
Generator Monitoring and Control
100
565-01 Distributed Control System Fundamentals Safety, Health, and
583-06 Hydroelectric Plant Auxiliaries
565-02 Distributed Control System Components Plant Science
565-03 Using Distributed Control System Diagrams 583-07 Operating Electrical Equipment in a Hydroelectric Plant
200
565-04 Power Plant Unit Control 583-08 Mechanical Governor
583-09 Electric Governor
567 ̶ Heat Rate Optimization Mechanical
567-01 Basic Principles of Water and Steam 584 ̶ Biomass Energy
584-02 Biomass and Waste to Energy Power Plants Maintenance
567-02 Saturated Steam Tables
567-03 Superheated Steam Tables
581 ̶ Diesel Power Plant Operations
585 ̶ Wind Energy
585-01 Basic Wind Turbine Design 300
585-02 Wind Farm Development Electrical
581-01 Diesel Engines for Power Generation
581-02 Diesel Engine Support Systems 585-03 Horizontal Wind Turbine Design and Operation Distribution
585-04 Wind Energy Production
400
581-03 Diesel Powered Generation
581-04 Diesel Power Plant Operations 586 ̶ Reciprocating Engine Power Plants
581-05 Diesel Plant Control Systems and Protective Devices 586-01 Introduction to Reciprocating Engine Power Plants Electrical
581-06 Diesel Plant Routine Maintenance 586-03 Fundamentals of Reciprocating Engine Design Maintenance
582 ̶ Combined Cycle Power Plant Operations 586-05 Reciprocating Engine Auxiliary Systems
582-01 Combined Cycle Power Plants
582-02 Combined Cycle Power Plant Components
586-06 Reciprocating Engine Electrical and Control Systems
586-07 Reciprocating Engine Operations 500
586-09 Generator Control in Reciprocating Engine Power Plants Power Generating
582-03 HRSG – Flow Path and Major Equipment
586-11 Reciprocating Engine General Inspection Systems and
582-04 HRSG – Auxiliary Equipment and Systems
582-05 HRSG - Basic Operating Concerns and Conditions 587 ̶ Nuclear Energy Operations
600
582-06 Combined Cycle Steam and Feedwater Operating Principles 587-01 Nuclear Power Principles and Designs
582-07 Combined Cycle Condensate and Circulating Water Systems 587-02 PWR and BWR Operation and Design
582-08 Combined Cycle Auxiliary Systems 589 ̶ Solar Energy Instrumentation
582-10 Steam Turbines in a Combined Cycle Plant 589-01 Introduction to Solar Energy and Control
583 ̶ Hydroelectric Power Plant Operations
700
589-03 Solar Energy - Photovoltaic
583-01 The Hydroelectric Role in the Power System 589-05 Solar Energy – Thermal Applications
Process Systems
and Operations
600 – Instrumentation and Control

800
603 ̶ Process Control Variables 605 ̶ Test Equipment and Welding
603-01 Instrumentation and Control Overview 605-01 Multimeter
603-02 Principles of Temperature 605-02 Oscilloscopes COURSE LISTING
603-03 Principles of Pressure 605-03 Power Supplies BY TITLE
603-04 Principles of Level 605-04 Signal Generators
603-05 Principles of Flow 605-05 Temperature and Loop Calibrators NERC ONLINE COURSES
603-06 Temperature Instruments 605-06 Manometers
603-07 Pressure Measuring Devices 605-07 Pressure and Vacuum Calibrators
603-08 Level Measuring Devices 605-08 Megohmmeter
603-09 Flow Measuring Devices 607 ̶ Analyzers
603-15 Weight Measuring Devices 607-01 Analytical Instruments
607-02 Introduction to Analytical Testing

609 ̶ Calibration and Troubleshooting 617-03 Final Control Elements

609-01 Calibration Overview, Part 1
100
619 ̶ Electronics Fundamentals
609-02 Calibration Overview, Part 2 619-01 Introduction to Industrial Electronics
609-03 Introduction to Troubleshooting 619-07 Digital Electronics and Microprocessors Safety, Health, and
609-04 Instrument Troubleshooting
621 ̶ Programmable Logic Controllers Plant Science
611 ̶ Prints and Drawings
200
621-01 Introduction to Programmable Logic Controllers (PLC)
611-01 P&ID Basics 621-02 Input/Output (I/O) Processing
611-02 Reading a P&ID 621-03 Inputs and Outputs
611-03 Electrical Drawings Mechanical
621-04 PLC (Programmable Logic Controllers) Programming Instructions, Maintenance
611-04 Logic Diagrams Part 1
300
611-05 Industrial Print Reading Overview 621-05 PLC (Programmable Logic Controllers) Programming Instructions,
613 ̶ Automated Control Part 2
613-01 Introduction to Automated Control 621-06 PLC (Programmable Logic Controllers) Networks Electrical
613-02 Pneumatic Control Systems 621-07 PLC Network Protocols Distribution
613-03 Introduction to Switches
400
670 ̶ Principles of HVAC and Refrigeration
613-04 Electronic Control Systems 670-01 Air Conditioning Fundamentals
615 ̶ Signal Transmission and Conversion 670-02 Ductless Air Conditioning Electrical
615-01 Signal Transmission 670-03 Introduction to Industrial and Commercial Refrigeration Maintenance
615-02 Basic Principles of Industrial Transmitters 670-05 Refrigerant System Troubleshooting
615-03 Smart Transmitters
615-04 Transducers
670-06 Chiller Design and Maintenance
670-09 Ducting and Air Movement for HVAC Systems 500
670-15 District Energy Basics Power Generating
617 ̶ Controllers and Final Control
670-17 Package Boiler Fundamentals Systems and
617-01 Controller Control Modes
617-02 Operation of Automatic-Manual Transfer Stations
Operations
600
Instrumentation
and Control
700 – Process Systems and Operations
701 ̶ Petroleum Refining 711 ̶ Distillation 700
701-01 Introduction to Petroleum Refining 711-01 Introduction to Distillation Process Systems
701-02 Basic Petroleum Chemistry 711-02 Operation of a Distillation Column and Operations
701-03 OSHA’s Process Safety Management Standard
701-04 History of Refining 713 ̶ Process Separators
713-01 Introduction to Process Separators
800
705 ̶ Refining Operations Industrial Machining
705-01 Refinery Overview and Configuration 715 ̶ Process Reactors and Welding
705-03 Crude Unit 715-01 Introduction to Process Reactors
705-05 Catalytic Reformer
717 ̶ Reforming and Synthesis COURSE LISTING
705-07 Fluid Catalytic Cracking
BY TITLE
705-09 Coker Operations 717-01 Introduction to Naphtha Reforming
705-11 Gasoline Blending
719 ̶ Process Safety Systems NERC ONLINE COURSES
705-13 Sweeting
719-01 Safety Alarm Systems and Instrumentation
705-15 Sulfuric Acid Plant
719-02 Overpressure Safety Systems
707 ̶ Process Heaters
707-01 Features and Operation of Process Heaters 721 ̶ Process Utilities Systems
709 ̶ Process Tanks 721-01 Process Utilities Systems, Part 1
709-01 Features and Uses of Process Tanks 721-02 Process Utilities Systems, Part 2

723 ̶ Process Product Movement and Storage 725 ̶ Process Sampling and Testing
723-01 Process Product Movement and Shipment 725-01 Sampling Principles and Methods
723-02 Tanks and Vessels Used for Storage 725-02 Testing Principles and Procedures 100
Safety, Health, and
Plant Science
800 – Industrial Machining and Welding

200
Mechanical
801 ̶ Precision Measurement 813 ̶ Bandsaw Maintenance
801-01 Intro to Measuring and Care of Measuring Tools
300
813-01 Band saw
801-02 Measuring Rules and Tapes
815 ̶ Drill Press
801-03 Micrometers Electrical
815-01 Drill Press
801-04 Fixed Gauges
Distribution
801-05 Measuring with Calipers 820 ̶ Rigging, Lifting, and Elevated Work Surfaces
801-06 Dial Indicators
801-07 Telescoping Gauges
820-01 Scaffold Erection and Components
820-02 Rigging, Part 1 400
803 ̶ Layout and Bench Work 820-03 Rigging, Part 2 Electrical
803-01 Layout and Bench Work 820-04 Rigging, Part 3 Maintenance
820-05 Ladders
500
803-02 Threading and Tapping
820-06 Overhead Cranes
805 ̶ Vertical Milling Machine
820-07 Aerial Lift Devices Power Generating
805-01 Vertical Milling Machine
841 ̶ Welding and Cutting for Maintenance Systems and
807 ̶ Engine Lathe
841-01 Safe Welding and Cutting Practices Operations
807-01 Engine Lathe
841-02 Weldability of Metals
809 ̶ Surface Grinder
809-01 Surface Grinder
841-03 Shielded Metal Arc Welding (SMAW)
841-04 Gas Metal Arc Welding (GMAW)
600
Instrumentation
811 ̶ Pedestal Grinder 841-05 Tungsten Inert Gas (TIG) Welding and Control
811-01 Pedestal Grinder 841-06 Oxyacetylene Welding (OAW)
700
Process Systems
and Operations
800
and Welding
COURSE LISTING
BY TITLE
NERC ONLINE COURSES

NERC Online Courses | Industrial Skills
NERC ONLINE
CEH STD SIM EO CEH STD SIM EO
100
Active and Reactive Power Fundamentals 2.0 2.0 -  Line Protection 1.0 1.5 - -
Active and Reactive Power Limits and Flows 2.0 2.0 1.0  Load Characteristics and Management 1.5 1.0 - -
Automatic Generation Control 3.0 1.0 - - Low Voltage Breakers 1.0 - - -
Safety, Health, and
Plant Science
Bulk Power System Communication Basics 1.0 1.0 - - Main Transformers 1.5 1.5 - 
Bulk Power System Communications and Coordination 2.5
Bus Protection 1.5
2.0
-
1.5
-

-
Medium and High Voltage Switchgear
Monitoring System Conditions
2.0
2.5
-
0.5
-
-
-
-
200
Mechanical
Characteristics of Distribution Switchgear 1.5 - - - NERC Overview and Application for Generator 2.0 2.0 - - Maintenance
CIP Personnel Responsibilities 1.0 1.0 - - Operators
CIP Perimeters and Configurations
CIP Physical Security
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
-
-
-
-
Pilot Protection
Preparing for Power Plant Start-ups
1.0
1.5
-
1.5
-
-
-

300
Electrical
CIP Related BES Recovery Plans 1.0 1.0 - - Primary and Secondary Distribution Systems 2.0 - - - Distribution
Controls and Management 1.0 1.0 - - Principles of Revenue Metering 1.5 - - -
Coordinating Entitles and Duties
Disturbance Control Performance
1.5
2.0
-
1.0
-
-
-
-
Protection System Misoperation 1.5 1.0 - - 400
Protection System Maintenance Programs 2.0 1.0 - - Electrical
Disturbance Monitoring Equipment 2.0 1.0 - - Protective Relays and Instrument Transformers 1.0 - - - Maintenance
Distribution System Components and Application 1.5 - - -
500
Real Power Balancing Control Performance 3.0 3.0 - 
Economic Power System Operations 2.0 - -  Reliability Coordination - Planning and Operations 1.5 - - -
Electrical Distribution System Fundamentals 2.0 - 1.0 - Power System Control Elements 1.5 - -  Power Generating
Elements of System Protection 2.5 1.0 - - Power System Restoration 2.0 2.0 - - Systems and
Emergency Policies and Procedures 1.5 1.5 - - Single and Poly-phase Metering 1.0 - - - Operations
600
Energy Production and Transfers 1.5 1.5 - - Steam Turbine Control and Operation 1.5 - - 
Frequency Response and Bias 2.0 1.0 -  Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition 2.0 - - -
General Switchgear Maintenance 1.5 - - - (SCADA) Systems Instrumentation
Generator and Auxiliary Systems’ Functionality 1.0 1.0 - and Control
 Switchgear 2.0 - - -
Generator Construction and Process Control
Generator Protection
1.0
3.5
1.0
2.0
-
-
-
-
Transformer Protection
Transmission Operations
1.0
2.5
-
1.0
-
-
-
-
700
Interconnected Energy Accounting 2.0 - -
Process Systems
 Types of Protective Relays 2.5 0.5 - -
and Operations
800
NERC CEHs are available for qualified operators. Courses taken to fulfill NERC CEH requirements must be indicated at time of purchase. and Welding
Martech Training Services and NERC ID 4625, transitioning to HSI_SOS_001, is recognized by the
COURSE LISTING
North American Electric Reliability Corporation as a continuing education provider who adheres to
BY TITLE
NERC Continuing Education Program Criteria.
NERC ONLINE COURSES

Industrial Skills

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Industrial Skills

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Industrial Skills

Martech Media, An HSI Company

learning laboratory or on the job site. 200

and policies. 600

• Safety, Health, and Plant Science • Electrical Maintenance 700

NERC ONLINE COURSES

2 HSI | Martech Training Services and SOS

100 300 561 Unit Start-up and Shutdown........................ 68

3 HSI | Martech Training Services and SOS

4 HSI | Martech Training Services and SOS

5 HSI | Martech Training Services and SOS

6 HSI | Martech Training Services and SOS

7 HSI | Martech Training Services and SOS

8 HSI | Martech Training Services and SOS

9 HSI | Martech Training Services and SOS

10 HSI | Martech Training Services and SOS

11 HSI | Martech Training Services and SOS

12 HSI | Martech Training Services and SOS

13 HSI | Martech Training Services and SOS

14 HSI | Martech Training Services and SOS

15 HSI | Martech Training Services and SOS

140-18 Dog Bite

16 HSI | Martech Training Services and SOS

17 HSI | Martech Training Services and SOS

After this lesson, you will be able to demonstrate

170-01 Introduction to Industrial Math

18 HSI | Martech Training Services and SOS

19 HSI | Martech Training Services and SOS

20 HSI | Martech Training Services and SOS

21 HSI | Martech Training Services and SOS

22 HSI | Martech Training Services and SOS

23 HSI | Martech Training Services and SOS

24 HSI | Martech Training Services and SOS

209-04 Rough Alignment

209-05 Mathematical Rim-and-Face 209-09 Laser Alignment 213 Lubrication 500

25 HSI | Martech Training Services and SOS

This lesson describes common lubricant delivery

26 HSI | Martech Training Services and SOS

27 HSI | Martech Training Services and SOS

28 HSI | Martech Training Services and SOS

223-02 Open Heat Exchanger 500

29 HSI | Martech Training Services and SOS

30 HSI | Martech Training Services and SOS

31 HSI | Martech Training Services and SOS

32 HSI | Martech Training Services and SOS

NERC ONLINE COURSES

33 HSI | Martech Training Services and SOS

301-03 Primary and Secondary 600

After finishing this lesson, you will be able to

350-04 Disturbance Monitoring

401-03 Ohm’s and Kirchoff’s 600

43 HSI | Martech Training Services and SOS

44 HSI | Martech Training Services and SOS

45 HSI | Martech Training Services and SOS

46 HSI | Martech Training Services and SOS

411-04 Motor Control Centers

47 HSI | Martech Training Services and SOS

48 HSI | Martech Training Services and SOS

418 Electrical Protection

50 HSI | Martech Training Services and SOS

51 HSI | Martech Training Services and SOS

After this lesson, you will be able to identify the

52 HSI | Martech Training Services and SOS

53 HSI | Martech Training Services and SOS

213 ̶ Lubrication 225 ̶ Compressors

415 ̶ Transformers 419 ̶ Motor Operated Valves

609 ̶ Calibration and Troubleshooting 617-03 Final Control Elements